See in Reader
Merge pull request 'Jane's edits to John' (#2525) from justplainjane47-tc-create-1 into master
Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/2525
This commit is contained in:
Larry Sallee
commit
5034b16eec
652
en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
652
en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
|
|
@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ JHN 1 17 kup2 grammar-collectivenouns ὁ νόμος…ἐδόθη 1 The word *
|
|||
JHN 1 17 wios translate-names Μωϋσέως 1 **Moses** is the name of a man, a prophet of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 1 17 vm1h figs-abstractnouns ἡ χάρις καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **truth**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “God’s gracious and faithful character” or “Kind acts and true teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JHN 1 18 vf9q μονογενὴς Θεὸς 1 Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **the One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “the Unique God” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “the Only Begotten God”
|
||||
JHN 1 18 r1la μονογενὴς Θεὸς 1 Here, **God** indicates that Jesus, who is called **the One and Only**, is God. If it would be misunderstood to you readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the One and Only, who is God”
|
||||
JHN 1 18 r1la μονογενὴς Θεὸς 1 Here, **God** indicates that Jesus, who is called **the One and Only**, is God. If it would be misunderstood to you readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the One and Only, who is God”
|
||||
JHN 1 18 rflq figs-idiom ὁ ὢν εἰς τὸν κόλπον τοῦ Πατρὸς 1 Here, **in the bosom of** is an idiom that refers to having a close and intimate relationship with someone. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who has a close relationship with the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 1 18 h5cq guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 1 18 kmqm writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνος 1 Here, **that one** refers to Jesus in an emphatic way. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ JHN 1 46 i4wp figs-rquestion ἐκ Ναζαρὲτ δύναταί τι ἀγαθ
|
|||
JHN 1 46 shpn figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 1 47 e1ke figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 1 47 ka53 figs-metaphor ἴδε 1 John records Jesus using the term **Behold** to call his audience’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 47 ys8d figs-litotes ἐν ᾧ δόλος οὐκ ἔστιν 1 in whom is no deceit **Jesus** is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “a completely truthful man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
JHN 1 47 ys8d figs-litotes ἐν ᾧ δόλος οὐκ ἔστιν 1 in whom is no deceit **Jesus** is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that means the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “a completely truthful man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
JHN 1 48 am5y figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 1 48 d1on figs-explicit πρὸ τοῦ σε Φίλιππον φωνῆσαι, ὄντα ὑπὸ τὴν συκῆν, εἶδόν σε 1 Nathaniel’s reaction to this statement in the next verse indicates that this is a display of supernatural knowledge. It appears that Jesus knew something about Nathaniel that no one else could have known. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Before Philip called you, being completely alone under the fig tree, I saw you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 1 48 a0ym figs-explicit ὄντα ὑπὸ τὴν συκῆν 1 The subject of this clause is Philip, not Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “while you were under the fig tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ JHN 2 22 nxug ἐμνήσθησαν οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Here,
|
|||
JHN 2 22 ewi1 figs-explicit τοῦτο…τῷ λόγῳ ὃν εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 this statement Here, **this** and **the word** refer back to Jesus’ statement in [2:19](../02/19.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “this statement about his body … the word about his body that Jesus had spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 2 22 gq2w figs-genericnoun τῇ Γραφῇ 1 believed John is speaking of **the Scripture** in general, not of one particular book within the Bible. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
JHN 2 23 kvn6 writing-newevent ὡς δὲ ἦν ἐν τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις 1 Now when he was in Jerusalem **Now** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after the previous events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
JHN 2 23 n807 ἐν τῷ Πάσχα ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 These two phrases could refer to: (1) two different parts of the festival, **the Passover** referring to the first day of **the festival**, and **the festival** referring to the Festival of Unleavened Bread that begins at Passover and was one week long. Alternate translation: “at the Passover, during the Festival of Unleavened Bread” (2) the same event. Alternate translation: “at the Passover Festival”
|
||||
JHN 2 23 n807 ἐν τῷ Πάσχα ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 These two phrases could refer to: (1) two different parts of the festival, **the Passover** referring to the first day of **the festival**, and **the festival** referring to the Festival of Unleavened Bread that begins at Passover and was one week long. Alternate translation: “at the Passover, during the Festival of Unleavened Bread” (2) the same event. Alternate translation: “at the Passover festival”
|
||||
JHN 2 23 w3qv figs-metonymy ἐπίστευσαν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 believed in his name Here, **name** represents the person of Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “believed in him” or “trusted in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 2 23 ipd6 grammar-connect-logic-result θεωροῦντες αὐτοῦ τὰ σημεῖα 1 Here, **seeing** indicates the reason why the people were believing in Jesus. These people were only believing in Jesus because of the miracles he performed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they saw his signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JHN 2 23 u65n τὰ σημεῖα 1 the signs that he did See how you translated **signs** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
|
||||
|
|
@ -405,11 +405,11 @@ JHN 3 32 kqi1 figs-hyperbole τὴν μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ, οὐδε
|
|||
JHN 3 33 k36d figs-genericnoun ὁ λαβὼν αὐτοῦ τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1 He who has received his testimony This phrase does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does this thing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Anyone who has received his testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
JHN 3 33 ygba writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1 Here, **his** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 3 33 g5x4 translate-unknown ἐσφράγισεν 1 has confirmed This expression refers to placing a **seal** on a document in order to certify that what is written in the document is true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seal]]) Here this meaning is extended to refer to certifying that God is true. If your readers would not be familiar with this practice of sealing documents, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “has certified” or “has attested” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
JHN 3 34 rr83 figs-explicit ὃν…ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς 1 For the one whom God has sent This phrase refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, whom God has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 3 34 rr83 figs-explicit ὃν…ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς 1 For the one whom God has sent This phrase refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, whom God has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 3 34 p9wt grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 2 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why the previous sentence is true. We know that Jesus speaks the words of God because God has given him the Holy Spirit. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “We know this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JHN 3 34 bnx8 writing-pronouns οὐ…δίδωσιν 1 For he does not give the Spirit by measure Here, **he** refers to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God does not give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 3 34 hmky figs-ellipsis οὐ…ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context, especially this discussion of God giving to his Son in the next verse. Alternate translation: “he does not give the Spirit to him by measure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 3 34 cdia figs-litotes οὐ…ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 This clause is a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he certainly gives the Spirit without measure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
JHN 3 34 cdia figs-litotes οὐ…ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 This clause is a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that means the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he certainly gives the Spirit without measure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
JHN 3 35 hmk4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱόν 1 Father … Son **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 3 35 ha4e figs-idiom πάντα δέδωκεν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 given … into his hand Here, giving **into his hand** means putting under his power or control. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “has given him control over everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 3 36 u1ks figs-genericnoun ὁ πιστεύων 1 He who believes This phrase does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does this thing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Anyone who believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -539,9 +539,9 @@ JHN 4 44 fx22 προφήτης ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι, τιμὴ
|
|||
JHN 4 44 syl9 ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι 1 This could refer to: (1) the whole region of Galilee where Jesus came from. Alternate translation: “in the Galilee region where he was from” (2) the specific town Jesus grew up in, which is Nazareth. Alternate translation: “in his hometown of Nazareth”
|
||||
JHN 4 45 inup grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτε οὖν 1 Here, **therefore** indicates that what follows is the result of what Jesus had testified in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “As a result of this being true, when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JHN 4 45 ews8 ἐδέξαντο αὐτὸν οἱ Γαλιλαῖοι 1 Since this verse gives the result of Jesus saying in the previous verse that a prophet was not honored in his own country, it is important to indicate that welcoming Jesus was not the same as honoring him. They **welcomed him** because he did miracles, not because they honored him as a prophet. Alternate translation: “the Galileans only welcomed him”
|
||||
JHN 4 45 lm4g grammar-connect-logic-result πάντα ἑωρακότες 1 This clause indicates the reason why the Galileans welcomed Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they had seen all the things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JHN 4 45 lm4g grammar-connect-logic-result πάντα ἑωρακότες 1 This clause indicates the reason why the Galileans welcomed Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they had seen all the things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JHN 4 45 r65x figs-hyperbole πάντα ἑωρακότες 1 Here, **all** is an exaggeration that refers to the Galileans having seen many of Jesus’ miracles. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “having seen many of the things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 4 45 v9la figs-explicit ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ…εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν 1 at the festival Here, **the festival** refers the Passover festival, as indicated in [2:12–25](../02/12.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the Passover festival … to the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 4 45 v9la figs-explicit ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ…εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν 1 at the festival Here, **the festival** refers the Passover festival, as indicated in [2:12–25](../02/12.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the Passover festival … to the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 4 46 ffm3 grammar-connect-time-sequential οὖν 1 Now **Then** indicates that the events which the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus entered Galilee and the Galileans welcomed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
JHN 4 46 w3dy translate-names τὴν Κανὰ 1 See how you translated this name in [2:1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 4 46 vp1m translate-names Καφαρναούμ 1 See how you translated **Capernaum** in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ JHN 4 49 ui6f figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense
|
|||
JHN 4 49 y3vi κύριε 1 The royal official calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. See how you translated this word in [4:11](../04/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
|
||||
JHN 4 49 ycdt figs-imperative κατάβηθι 1 This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “please come down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
JHN 4 50 n5mo figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 4 50 cbtv figs-explicit ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 Here, **the man** refers to the royal official who was introduced in verse [46](../04/46.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The royal official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 4 50 cbtv figs-explicit ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 Here, **the man** refers to the royal official who was introduced in verse [46](../04/46.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The royal official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 4 50 uwa3 figs-metonymy ἐπίστευσεν…τῷ λόγῳ 1 believed the word Here, **word** refers to all that Jesus said to the man. It does not refer to one specific word that Jesus said. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “believed the words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 4 51 a5gw writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ 1 While In this verse **he**, **his**, and **him** refer to the royal official who was introduced in verse [46](../04/46.md). If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the royal official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 4 51 h5h4 figs-quotations λέγοντες, ὅτι ὁ παῖς αὐτοῦ ζῇ 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as a direct quotation. You will also need to adjust the sentence to indicate to whom they are speaking. Alternate translation: “saying, ‘Your son lives’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ JHN 5 15 auad figs-synecdoche τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 Here, **the Jews*
|
|||
JHN 5 16 efg2 writing-background καὶ διὰ τοῦτο, ἐδίωκον οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ὅτι ταῦτα ἐποίει ἐν Σαββάτῳ. 1 Now The writer uses the word **And** to show that the words this verse gives background information. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now the Jews began to persecute Jesus because he was doing these things on the Sabbath.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 5 16 ef9i figs-explicit διὰ τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers to what the man whom Jesus had healed told the Jewish leaders. The Jewish leaders began to persecute Jesus because he had healed the man on the Sabbath, which was something they believed was against the law of Moses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because Jesus had healed him on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 5 16 kup5 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 5 16 acn0 figs-explicit ὅτι ταῦτα ἐποίει 1 This phrase indicates a second reason why the Jewish leaders began persecuting Jesus. Here, **these things** refers to Jesus healing people on the Sabbath. The plural **things** indicates that he healed on the Sabbath multiple times, not just on the occasion recorded in verses [5–9](../05/05.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he was doing these healings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 5 16 acn0 figs-explicit ὅτι ταῦτα ἐποίει 1 This phrase indicates a second reason why the Jewish leaders began persecuting Jesus. Here, **these things** refers to Jesus healing people on the Sabbath. The plural **things** indicates that he healed on the Sabbath multiple times, not just on the occasion recorded in verses [5–9](../05/05.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he was doing these healings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 5 16 f69o ἐν Σαββάτῳ 1 Your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article here, since the synagogue ruler is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath day”
|
||||
JHN 5 17 lq1v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 My Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 18 zrmw figs-explicit διὰ τοῦτο οὖν 1 Here, **this** refers to what Jesus had said in the previous verse. One of the reasons why the Jewish leaders wanted to kill Jesus was that Jesus called God his Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus said this, therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -624,9 +624,9 @@ JHN 5 19 mc1f figs-explicit ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 Here, **from** is used to
|
|||
JHN 5 19 ymuo figs-metaphor τι βλέπῃ τὸν Πατέρα ποιοῦντα 1 Jesus uses **see** figuratively to refer to knowing something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what he would perceive the Father doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 5 20 t3b4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ…Πατὴρ…τὸν Υἱὸν 1 For the Father loves the Son **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 20 lk5n figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν 1 As in the previous verse, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
JHN 5 20 x8ac figs-metaphor δείκνυσιν αὐτῷ…δείξει αὐτῷ 1 loves Jesus uses **shows** and **show** figuratively to refer to revealing or making something known. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he reveals to him … he will reveal to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 5 20 x8ac figs-metaphor δείκνυσιν αὐτῷ…δείξει αὐτῷ 1 loves Jesus uses **shows** and **show** figuratively to refer to revealing or making something known. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he reveals to him … he will reveal to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 5 20 rtb6 writing-pronouns δείξει αὐτῷ 1 Here, **he** refers to God the Father and **him** refers to Jesus the Son. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Father will reveal to the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 5 20 zlr7 figs-explicit μείζονα τούτων…ἔργα 1 you will be amazed Here, **works** refers specifically to miracles. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “greater miracles than these” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 5 20 zlr7 figs-explicit μείζονα τούτων…ἔργα 1 you will be amazed Here, **works** refers specifically to miracles. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “greater miracles than these” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 5 20 y4yy figs-explicit μείζονα τούτων…ἔργα 1 Here, **these** refers to the miracles that Jesus had already performed by the time he spoke these words. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “greater works than these miracles I have already performed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 5 21 s6te guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱὸς 1 Father … Son **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 21 xzu4 figs-explicit ζῳοποιεῖ…οὓς θέλει ζῳοποιεῖ 1 life The phrase **makes them alive** could refer to: (1) eternal life. Alternate translation: “makes them have eternal life … makes whom he desires have eternal life” (2) physical life, in which case it would repeat the idea of “raises the dead” in the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “makes them live again … makes alive again whom he desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ JHN 5 23 j7vc figs-explicit τὸν Πατέρα, τὸν πέμψαντα αὐ
|
|||
JHN 5 24 w6wu figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
JHN 5 24 rsqh figs-you λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Since Jesus is speaking to a group of Jewish leaders, **you** is plural here and through [5:47](../05/47.md). If your language does not have a different form for plural **you**, you can use another way to express it. Alternate translation: “I say to you Jews” or “I say to you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
JHN 5 24 v45a figs-metaphor ὁ τὸν λόγον μου ἀκούων 1 Here, **hearing** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to hear what someone says. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one heeding my word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 5 24 eg5h figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον μου 1 he who hears my word Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 5 24 eg5h figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον μου 1 he who hears my word Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 5 24 s38a figs-explicit τῷ πέμψαντί με 1 Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 5 24 ql7q figs-metaphor εἰς κρίσιν οὐκ ἔρχεται 1 will not be condemned Jesus speaks figuratively of **judgment** as if it were a place a person could enter. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will not be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 5 24 p5jx μεταβέβηκεν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου εἰς τὴν ζωήν 1 Here, **passed** means to move from one state to another. Alternate translation: “he has moved from death to life”
|
||||
|
|
@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ JHN 5 25 croa figs-123person τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 As in the p
|
|||
JHN 5 25 voy8 figs-explicit ἀκούσουσιν…οἱ ἀκούσαντες 1 Here, **heard** means to listen to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated “hearing” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “will heed … those who have heeded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 5 25 k1ii figs-explicit ζήσουσιν 1 This could refer to: (1) having eternal life. Alternate translation: “will have eternal life” (2) physical life, as in being resurrected after death. Alternate translation: “will become alive again” (3) both eternal life and physical life. Alternate translation: “will have eternal life and become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 5 26 x136 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ…τῷ Υἱῷ 1 Father … Son **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 26 f5vq figs-explicit ἔχει ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτῷ…ζωὴν, ἔχειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ 1 life Here, the phrases **has life** and **have life** refer to being the source of life or having the ability to create life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “is the source of life … the right to be the source of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 5 26 f5vq figs-explicit ἔχει ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτῷ…ζωὴν, ἔχειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ 1 life Here, the phrases **has life** and **have life** refer to being the source of life or having the ability to create life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “is the source of life … the right to be the source of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 5 26 yv7o figs-123person τῷ Υἱῷ…ζωὴν, ἔχειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ 1 As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
JHN 5 27 pr1c writing-pronouns ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ…ἐστίν 1 the Father has given the Son authority to carry out judgment The first occurrence of **he** refers to God the Father, but **him** and the second occurrence of **he** refer to the Son of Man. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Father gave the Son … the Son is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 5 27 xlln figs-123person ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ…Υἱὸς Ἀνθρώπου ἐστίν 1 As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -662,18 +662,18 @@ JHN 5 27 g58f figs-explicit Υἱὸς Ἀνθρώπου 1 Son of Man See how yo
|
|||
JHN 5 28 sr8j figs-explicit μὴ θαυμάζετε τοῦτο 1 Do not be amazed at this Here, **this** refers to the the Son of Man's authority to give eternal life and to carry out judgment, as stated in the previous two verses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not be amazed that the Father has given the Son this authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 5 28 yax7 figs-metonymy ἔρχεται ὥρα 1 See the discussion of **an hour is coming** in the General Notes to Chapter 4 and see how you translated it in verse [25](../05/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 5 28 h9l7 figs-123person ἀκούσουσιν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ 1 hear his voice As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
JHN 5 29 qnik figs-possession ἀνάστασιν ζωῆς 1 In this phrase, Jesus uses **of** to describe a **resurrection** that results in eternal **life**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. For further discussion of this phrase, see the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “a resurrection that results in life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
JHN 5 29 vwuo figs-possession ἀνάστασιν κρίσεως 1 In this phrase, Jesus uses **of** to describe a **resurrection** that results in eternal **judgment**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. For further discussion of this phrase, see the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “a resurrection that results in judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
JHN 5 29 qnik figs-possession ἀνάστασιν ζωῆς 1 In this phrase, Jesus uses **of** to describe a **resurrection** that results in eternal **life**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. For further discussion of this phrase, see the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “a resurrection that results in life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
JHN 5 29 vwuo figs-possession ἀνάστασιν κρίσεως 1 In this phrase, Jesus uses **of** to describe a **resurrection** that results in eternal **judgment**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. For further discussion of this phrase, see the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “a resurrection that results in judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
JHN 5 30 bzmq figs-explicit ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of Jesus’ teaching and ability to do miracles. His teaching and miracles could only have authority if they came from God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 5 30 f3za figs-ellipsis καθὼς ἀκούω, κρίνω 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Just as I hear from the Father, I judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 5 30 n8o9 figs-abstractnouns ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ δικαία ἐστίν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **judgment** and **righteous**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “I judge rightly” or “I judge justly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JHN 5 30 ayn1 figs-explicit τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 5 31 f9vc figs-explicit ἐὰν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ, ἡ μαρτυρία μου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθής. 1 Here Jesus is referring to a rule in the law of Moses. According to Deuteronomy 19:15, a statement had to be confirmed by at least two witnesses in order to be considered true in legal decisions. If your audience is not familiar with the law of Moses in the Old Testament, then you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You know that the law of Moses states that if I testify about myself, my testimony is not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 5 31 qu3o figs-explicit ἐὰν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 Jesus assumed that his listeners understood that he was referring to testifying about himself without any other witnesses. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “If I testify about myself without any other witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 5 32 nr3l figs-explicit ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 another Here, **another** refers to God the Father. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “There is another who is testifying about me, the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 5 31 qu3o figs-explicit ἐὰν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 Jesus assumed that his listeners understood that he was referring to testifying about himself without any other witnesses. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “If I testify about myself without any other witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 5 32 nr3l figs-explicit ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 another Here, **another** refers to God the Father. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “There is another who is testifying about me, the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 5 33 uxh5 figs-you ὑμεῖς ἀπεστάλκατε πρὸς Ἰωάννην 1 the testimony that he gives about me is true Here and through [5:47](../05/47.md), **You** is plural and refers to the Jewish leaders to whom Jesus is speaking. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You Jewish authorities sent to John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
JHN 5 33 athw figs-ellipsis ὑμεῖς ἀπεστάλκατε πρὸς Ἰωάννην 1 Jesus is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “You have sent messengers to John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 5 33 qrdg figs-explicit πρὸς Ἰωάννην 1 Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to John the Baptist” or “to John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 5 33 qrdg figs-explicit πρὸς Ἰωάννην 1 Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to John the Baptist” or “to John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 5 34 rvc5 figs-genericnoun παρὰ ἀνθρώπου 1 the testimony that I receive is not from man Here, **man** does not refer to any specific man, but to any human being. Alternate translation: “from mankind” or “from anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
JHN 5 34 dseu figs-explicit ταῦτα λέγω 1 Here, **these things** could refer to: (1) what Jesus said about John the Baptist in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “I say this about John” (2) all that Jesus has said in verses [17–33](../05/17.md). Alternate translation: “I say these things about myself and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 5 34 a4je figs-activepassive ἵνα ὑμεῖς σωθῆτε 1 that you might be saved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “so that God might save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -687,10 +687,10 @@ JHN 5 36 dvr9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ…ὅτι ὁ Πατ
|
|||
JHN 5 36 yz3u figs-personification αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 the very works that I do, testify about me Here Jesus is speaking of **works** figuratively as though they were a person who could **testify** about who he is. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the very works that I do—are evidence for who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 5 37 p157 figs-rpronouns ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ, ἐκεῖνος μεμαρτύρηκεν 1 The Father who sent me has himself testified The reflexive pronoun **himself** emphasizes that it is the Father, not someone less important, who has testified about who Jesus is. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “none other than the Father himself who sent me has testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 5 37 qjg1 figs-explicit ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ 1 Here this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in [5:23](../05/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 5 38 rc2n figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 his word Here, **word** refers to the teachings that God gave to his people in the Scriptures. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his teachings” or “the Scriptures he gave us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 5 38 rc2n figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 his word Here, **word** refers to the teachings that God gave to his people in the Scriptures. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his teachings” or “the Scriptures he gave us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 5 38 dfn1 figs-metaphor τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα 1 You do not have his word remaining in you Here Jesus is speaking of God’s **word** as if it were an object that could remain inside people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not live according to his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 5 38 uj90 figs-123person ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος, τούτῳ 1 This phrase refers to Jesus. He is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “me, the one whom he has sent … me whom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
JHN 5 39 xi22 figs-explicit ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχειν 1 in them you have eternal life Some Jews in Jesus’ time believed that a person could earn their way to heaven by studying the Scriptures and doing good deeds. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will get eternal life if you study them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 5 39 xi22 figs-explicit ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχειν 1 in them you have eternal life Some Jews in Jesus’ time believed that a person could earn their way to heaven by studying the Scriptures and doing good deeds. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will get eternal life if you study them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 5 39 bmc3 writing-pronouns ἐν αὐταῖς…ἐκεῖναί εἰσιν αἱ 1 In this verse, **them**, **these**, and **the ones** all refer to the Scriptures. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say some of these words explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the Scriptures … these Scriptures are the ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 5 39 fzbf figs-personification ἐκεῖναί εἰσιν αἱ μαρτυροῦσαι περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 Here Jesus is speaking of the Scriptures figuratively as though they were a person who is **testifying** about who he is. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “these indicate who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 5 40 dzm2 figs-explicit οὐ θέλετε ἐλθεῖν πρός με 1 you are not willing to come to me Here, **come** does not mean to merely come near Jesus, but it means to follow him and be his disciple. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are not willing to come and by my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ JHN 6 5 v0mp translate-names Φίλιππον 1 See how you translated the man'
|
|||
JHN 6 6 cj58 writing-background τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγεν πειράζων αὐτόν; αὐτὸς γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἔμελλεν ποιεῖν 1 But Jesus said this to test Philip, for he himself knew what he was going to do In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to explain why Jesus asked Philip where to buy bread. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now he said this at that time to test him, for he himself knew what he was going to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 6 6 sr0p grammar-connect-logic-goal πειράζων αὐτόν 1 Here John is stating the purpose for which Jesus asked Philip the question in the previous verse. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he could test Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
JHN 6 6 rrco writing-pronouns αὐτόν 1 Here, **him** refers to Philip. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 6 6 uk6t figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς…ᾔδει 1 for he himself knew Here, John uses the reflexive pronoun **himself** to make clear that the word **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 6 6 uk6t figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς…ᾔδει 1 for he himself knew Here, John uses the reflexive pronoun **himself** to make clear that the word **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 6 7 z3gj translate-bmoney διακοσίων δηναρίων ἄρτοι 1 Two hundred denarii worth of bread The word **denarii** is the plural form of “denarius.” It was a denomination of money in the Roman Empire that was equivalent to one days’ wages. Alternate translation: “The amount of bread that cost 200 days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
JHN 6 8 gzei translate-names Ἀνδρέας 1 See how you translated the name **Andrew** in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 6 8 i0cw translate-names Σίμωνος Πέτρου 1 See how you translated the name **Simon Peter** in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -746,34 +746,34 @@ JHN 6 12 qp1n figs-quotations λέγει τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτο
|
|||
JHN 6 13 h64z translate-unknown κοφίνους 1 Here, **baskets** refers to large baskets that were used for carrying food and goods while traveling. If your language has a word for this kind of basket, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “large traveling baskets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
JHN 6 14 d7lp figs-gendernotations οἱ…ἄνθρωποι 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, John uses the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
JHN 6 14 gmat ἰδόντες ὃ ἐποίησεν σημεῖον 1 This clause could refer to: (1) the time that they said what follows in the verse. Alternate translation: “at the time they saw the sign he did” (2) the reason that they said what follows in the verse. Alternate translation: “because they saw the sign he did”
|
||||
JHN 6 14 nlw1 figs-explicit ὃ…σημεῖον 1 this sign Here, **sign** refers to the Jesus miraculously feeding the large crowd that was described in verses [5–13](../06/05.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sign of miraculously feeding the large crowd that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 14 nlw1 figs-explicit ὃ…σημεῖον 1 this sign Here, **sign** refers to the Jesus miraculously feeding the large crowd that was described in verses [5–13](../06/05.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sign of miraculously feeding the large crowd that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 14 g8zb figs-explicit ὁ προφήτης ὁ ἐρχόμενος εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 the prophet Here, **the Prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send a prophet like Moses, which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If your readers will not be familiar with this Old Testament reference, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Prophet whom God said he would send into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 15 rfbr γνοὺς ὅτι μέλλουσιν ἔρχεσθαι 1 This clause could refer to: (1) the time that Jesus decided to withdraw. Alternate translation: “at the time he realized that they were about to come” (2) the reason that Jesus decided to withdraw. Alternate translation: “because he realized that they were about to come”
|
||||
JHN 6 15 hg4f figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς μόνος 1 Here John uses the reflexive pronoun **himself** to emphasize that Jesus was completely alone. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “completely alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 6 16 qb23 0 Connecting Statement: This is the next event in the story. Jesus’ disciples go out onto the Sea of Galilee in a boat.
|
||||
JHN 6 16 tmzf figs-explicit τὴν θάλασσαν 1 Here and throughout this chapter, **sea** refers to the Sea of Galilee. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly, as modeled by UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 16 tmzf figs-explicit τὴν θάλασσαν 1 Here and throughout this chapter, **sea** refers to the Sea of Galilee. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly, as modeled by UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 17 zu3v translate-names εἰς Καφαρναούμ 1 See how you translated **Capernaum** in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 6 17 fkj2 writing-background καὶ σκοτία ἤδη ἐγεγόνει, καὶ οὔπω ἐληλύθει πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 It was dark by this time, and Jesus had not yet come to them In these clauses John provides background information about the situation in order to help readers understand what happens in this story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 6 18 q5f7 grammar-connect-logic-result ἀνέμου μεγάλου πνέοντος 1 This clause indicates the reason for what happens in the next clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because a strong wind was blowing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JHN 6 18 q5f7 grammar-connect-logic-result ἀνέμου μεγάλου πνέοντος 1 This clause indicates the reason for what happens in the next clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because a strong wind was blowing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JHN 6 18 pms3 figs-metaphor διηγείρετο 1 John uses **aroused** figuratively to refer to the wind causing the sea to become turbulent. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “was being stirred up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 18 z381 figs-activepassive ἥ…θάλασσα…διηγείρετο 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the wind was causing the sea to be aroused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 6 19 xx7d translate-unknown ἐληλακότες 1 they had rowed The boats used on the Sea of Galilee usually had positions for two, four, or six people who sat together and **rowed** with oars on each side of the boat. If your readers would not be familiar with rowed boats, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having propelled the boat through the water by using oars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
JHN 6 19 sgf4 translate-bdistance ὡς σταδίους εἴκοσι πέντε ἢ τριάκοντα 1 about twenty-five or thirty stadia The word **stadia** is the plural of “stadium,” which is a Roman measurement of distance equivalent to about 185 meters or a little over 600 feet. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. Alternate translation: “about four and a half or five and a half kilometers” or “about three or three and a half miles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
JHN 6 19 diko figs-pastforfuture θεωροῦσιν 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 6 20 tjg9 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 6 21 qtw5 figs-explicit ἤθελον…λαβεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον 1 they were willing to receive him into the boat It is implied that Jesus got **into the boat**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “they gladly received him into the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 21 qtw5 figs-explicit ἤθελον…λαβεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον 1 they were willing to receive him into the boat It is implied that Jesus got **into the boat**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “they gladly received him into the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 22 v8cn grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||||
JHN 6 22 ho60 figs-explicit πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης 1 Here, **the other side of the sea** refers to the side of the Sea of Galilee where Jesus had fed the crowd. It does not refer to the side of the Sea of Galilee that he and his disciples arrived at in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the side of the sea where Jesus performed the miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 22 mhjh figs-explicit πλοιάριον ἄλλο οὐκ ἦν ἐκεῖ, εἰ μὴ ἕν 1 Here, **one** refers to the boat that the disciples had taken to cross the Sea of Galilee. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “there was no other boat there except the one that the disciples had taken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 22 ho60 figs-explicit πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης 1 Here, **the other side of the sea** refers to the side of the Sea of Galilee where Jesus had fed the crowd. It does not refer to the side of the Sea of Galilee that he and his disciples arrived at in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the side of the sea where Jesus performed the miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 22 mhjh figs-explicit πλοιάριον ἄλλο οὐκ ἦν ἐκεῖ, εἰ μὴ ἕν 1 Here, **one** refers to the boat that the disciples had taken to cross the Sea of Galilee. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “there was no other boat there except the one that the disciples had taken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 23 w7qu writing-background ἄλλα ἦλθεν πλοῖα ἐκ Τιβεριάδος, ἐγγὺς τοῦ τόπου ὅπου ἔφαγον τὸν ἄρτον 1 In this verse John provides background information about the story. The day after Jesus miraculously fed the crowd, some **boats** with people from **Tiberias** came to see Jesus. However, Jesus and his disciples had left that place the night before. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Other boats came with people from Tiberias close to the place where the crowd had eaten the bread loaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 6 23 hwtc figs-explicit τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Here, **the Lord** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to God the Father. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 23 hwtc figs-explicit τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Here, **the Lord** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to God the Father. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 23 sqke figs-ellipsis εὐχαριστήσαντος τοῦ Κυρίου 1 John leaves out some words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “after the Lord had given thanks to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 6 24 vad6 grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** indicates that this verse is the result of what happened in verse [22](../06/22.md). This verse resumes the narrative that was interrupted by the background information in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus and his disciples had gone to the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JHN 6 24 vad6 grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** indicates that this verse is the result of what happened in verse [22](../06/22.md). This verse resumes the narrative that was interrupted by the background information in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus and his disciples had gone to the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JHN 6 24 f7t2 grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||||
JHN 6 24 cql6 figs-pastforfuture ἔστιν 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 6 24 fecq figs-explicit εἰς τὰ πλοιάρια 1 These **boats** are the **boats** mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “into the boats that had come from Tiberias” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 24 o7vs grammar-connect-logic-goal ζητοῦντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 Here John is stating the purpose for which the crowd went to Capernaum. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that they could seek Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
JHN 6 25 tnms figs-explicit πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης 1 Here, **on the other side** refers to the side of the Sea of Galilee that is opposite the side where Jesus had miraculously fed the crowd. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the opposite side of the sea from where Jesus had fed the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 25 tnms figs-explicit πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης 1 Here, **on the other side** refers to the side of the Sea of Galilee that is opposite the side where Jesus had miraculously fed the crowd. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the opposite side of the sea from where Jesus had fed the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 26 f8j4 figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
JHN 6 26 l9ws σημεῖα 1 See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
|
||||
JHN 6 26 yef5 figs-activepassive ἐχορτάσθητε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “filled yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -809,8 +809,8 @@ JHN 6 33 k897 figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the world Here, **the world** re
|
|||
JHN 6 34 j26s κύριε 1 The crowd calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
|
||||
JHN 6 34 z9zv figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄρτον 1 Here, **bread** could refer to: (1) food in general, as the word was used by the crowd in [verse 31](../06/31.md). This would mean that the crowd did not understand that Jesus was calling himself the bread from heaven. Alternate translation: “food” (2) some gift from God of which the crowd was uncertain. This would mean that the crowd recognized that Jesus was talking about something more spiritual than mere food but did not understand that he was talking about himself. Alternate translation: “heavenly food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 6 35 cr2m figs-exmetaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς 1 I am the bread of life John records Jesus continuing the **bread** metaphor to refer figuratively to himself. In Jesus’ culture, **bread** was the primary food people ate to stay alive. Just as **bread** is necessary for sustaining physical life, Jesus is necessary for giving spiritual life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “Just as food keeps you physically alive, I can give you spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 35 yq25 figs-possession ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς 1 Jesus uses **of** to describe what produces **life**. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the bread that produces life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
JHN 6 35 hvpi figs-explicit τῆς ζωῆς 1 Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 35 yq25 figs-possession ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς 1 Jesus uses **of** to describe what produces **life**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the bread that produces life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
JHN 6 35 hvpi figs-explicit τῆς ζωῆς 1 Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 35 lgpu figs-exmetaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ πεινάσῃ; καὶ ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ διψήσει πώποτε 1 Jesus speaks about the person who trusts in him by continuing the metaphor of food that he began in verse [32](../06/32.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “The one coming to me will be like a person who never gets hungry, and the one believing in me will be like a person who never gets thirsty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 35 fpgo figs-doublet ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ πεινάσῃ; καὶ ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ διψήσει πώποτε 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that anyone who trusts in Jesus will never lack spiritual satisfaction. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “The one who trusts me will certainly never lack spiritual satisfaction again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
JHN 6 35 a7my figs-explicit ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ 1 Here, **coming** does not mean to merely come near Jesus. It means to believe in him and be his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The one coming to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -818,14 +818,14 @@ JHN 6 35 kh35 figs-litotes οὐ μὴ πεινάσῃ…οὐ μὴ διψήσ
|
|||
JHN 6 37 vpz8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 6 37 n6bk figs-explicit πρὸς ἐμὲ ἥξει…τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ 1 In this verse, **come** and **coming** do not mean to merely come near Jesus, but they mean to believe in him and be his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will come to be my disciples … the one coming to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 37 i92s figs-litotes τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ ἐκβάλω ἔξω 1 he who comes to me I will certainly not throw out Jesus is using a figure of speech here to expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that means the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I will keep everyone who comes to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
JHN 6 38 z84i grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 Connecting Statement: **For** introduces the reason why Jesus will not throw out anyone who comes to him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JHN 6 38 z84i grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 Connecting Statement: **For** introduces the reason why Jesus will not throw out anyone who comes to him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JHN 6 38 cpi9 figs-explicit τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 him who sent me Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 39 uqjy figs-explicit τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 39 x5c1 figs-litotes πᾶν ὃ…μὴ ἀπολέσω ἐξ αὐτοῦ 1 I would lose not one of all those Jesus is using a figure of speech here to expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that means the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I should keep all of them whom he has given” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
JHN 6 39 p8s0 writing-pronouns μὴ ἀπολέσω ἐξ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ ἀναστήσω αὐτὸ 1 Here, **it** refers to the whole group of believers as a whole. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly or use a plural pronoun. Alternate translation: “I would not lose from the group of believers … but will raise that group up” or “I would not lose from them … but will raise them up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 6 39 j7q6 figs-idiom ἀναστήσω αὐτὸ 1 will raise them up Here, to **raise** up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will cause them to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 6 39 npma figs-explicit τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the day when I return and judge everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 40 wnou grammar-connect-logic-result τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου, ἵνα πᾶς 1 **For** introduces the reason for the Father’s will that Jesus stated in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “What I have just said is my Father’s will, because his will is also that everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JHN 6 40 wnou grammar-connect-logic-result τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου, ἵνα πᾶς 1 **For** introduces the reason for the Father’s will that Jesus stated in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “What I have just said is my Father’s will, because his will is also that everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JHN 6 40 b84t guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 6 40 cb1a figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ θεωρῶν τὸν Υἱὸν 1 Jesus uses **sees** figuratively to refer to understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone who understands who the Son is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 40 mpm2 figs-idiom ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν ἐγὼ 1 Here, to **raise** up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ JHN 6 51 px99 figs-explicit ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν 1 living bread Here, **l
|
|||
JHN 6 51 gs06 figs-metaphor φάγῃ ἐκ τούτου τοῦ ἄρτου 1 Here and in the previous verse, Jesus uses **eats** figuratively to refer to believing in Jesus for salvation. Jesus gives eternal life to those who believe in him. See how you translated “eat” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Just as food keeps you physically alive, I can give you spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 51 k4bo figs-metonymy σάρξ μού 1 Here, John records Jesus using **flesh** figuratively to refer to his whole physical body. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 6 51 ee9d figs-extrainfo ὁ ἄρτος 2 Here Jesus is using the **bread** metaphor slightly differently from how he has used it previously. Here it refers specifically to his physical body, which he would sacrifice on the cross to pay for the sins of those who believe in him. Since Jesus says this explicitly at the end of the verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||||
JHN 6 51 c5z3 figs-explicit ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς 1 Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the eternal life of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 51 c5z3 figs-explicit ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς 1 Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the eternal life of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 51 nb41 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς 1 for the life of the world Here, **the world** is used figuratively to refer to the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for the life of the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 6 52 v6g7 figs-synecdoche οὖν…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 6 52 fj5p figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται οὗτος ἡμῖν δοῦναι τὴν σάρκα φαγεῖν? 1 How can this man give us his flesh to eat? Here the Jewish leaders are using the form of a question to emphasize that they are reacting negatively to what Jesus has said about **his flesh**. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is no way that this one is able to give us his flesh to eat!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -884,7 +884,7 @@ JHN 6 53 r7hh figs-extrainfo φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ
|
|||
JHN 6 53 e2w9 figs-doublet φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα 1 These two phrases, **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood**, mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that trusting in Jesus is the only way to have eternal life. Because Jesus’ **flesh** and **blood** are important concepts, do not combine them. Instead, you could communicate the emphasis in a way that is most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you would indeed eat the flesh of the Son of Man and would indeed drink his blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
JHN 6 53 hkr8 figs-123person τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα 1 Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
JHN 6 53 quje figs-explicit τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 53 j1ga figs-explicit οὐκ ἔχετε ζωὴν 1 you will not have life in yourselves Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you do not have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 53 j1ga figs-explicit οὐκ ἔχετε ζωὴν 1 you will not have life in yourselves Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you do not have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 54 hc5d figs-extrainfo ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα, ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 Whoever eats my flesh and drinks my blood has everlasting life The phrases “eating my flesh” and “drinking my blood” are a metaphor for trusting Jesus. Just as people need food and drink in order to live, people need to trust Jesus in order to have eternal life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||||
JHN 6 54 etdh figs-doublet ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα, ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 As in the previous verse, these two phrases, **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood**, mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. See how you translated the similar expressions in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the one eating my flesh and drinking my blood surely has eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
JHN 6 54 ym6w figs-idiom ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν 1 raise him up See how you translated this in [verse 40](../06/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -893,12 +893,12 @@ JHN 6 55 tw5g figs-extrainfo σάρξ μου…αἷμά μου 1 Here Jesus is
|
|||
JHN 6 55 cik2 figs-extrainfo ἡ…σάρξ μου ἀληθής ἐστι βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά μου ἀληθής ἐστι πόσις 1 my flesh is true food … my blood is true drink Here Jesus is using the phrases **true food** and **true drink** figuratively to say that he, Jesus, gives life to those who trust in him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||||
JHN 6 55 j4ud figs-doublet ἡ…σάρξ μου ἀληθής ἐστι βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά μου ἀληθής ἐστι πόσις 1 As in the previous two verses, these two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. See how you translated the similar expressions in the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “my flesh is indeed true food, and my blood is indeed true drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
JHN 6 56 eaoy figs-extrainfo ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα 1 See how you translated this in verse [54](../06/54.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||||
JHN 6 56 u3w4 figs-explicit ἐν ἐμοὶ μένει 1 remains in me Here, and frequently in John’s Gospel, **remains in** indicates being united in a continuous personal relationship with someone. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. See the discussion of this expression in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “has a close relationship with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 56 u3w4 figs-explicit ἐν ἐμοὶ μένει 1 remains in me Here, and frequently in John’s Gospel, **remains in** indicates being united in a continuous personal relationship with someone. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. See the discussion of this expression in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “has a close relationship with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 56 rjpa figs-ellipsis κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 Here, John records Jesus leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be confusing in your language, you could supply the word from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “and I remain in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 6 57 y334 figs-explicit ὁ ζῶν Πατὴρ 1 Here, **living** refers to being the source of life or having the ability to create life. This is also how Jesus used **living** in verse [51](../06/51.md). See how you translated **living** in verse [51](../06/51). Alternate translation: “the Father who causes life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 57 krma guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Πατέρα 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 6 57 oczm figs-explicit κἀγὼ ζῶ διὰ τὸν Πατέρα 1 Here, **live** refers to being the source of life or having the ability to create life. It does not mean to merely be alive. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and I cause life because of the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 57 nhp9 figs-explicit κἀγὼ ζῶ διὰ τὸν Πατέρα 1 Here, **because of the Father** indicates the reason why Jesus has the ability to cause life. God the Father gave Jesus the ability to cause others to live. Jesus explained this concept in [5:25–26](../05/25.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and I cause life because the Father has enabled me to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 57 oczm figs-explicit κἀγὼ ζῶ διὰ τὸν Πατέρα 1 Here, **live** refers to being the source of life or having the ability to create life. It does not mean to merely be alive. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and I cause life because of the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 57 nhp9 figs-explicit κἀγὼ ζῶ διὰ τὸν Πατέρα 1 Here, **because of the Father** indicates the reason why Jesus has the ability to cause life. God the Father gave Jesus the ability to cause others to live. Jesus explained this concept in [5:25–26](../05/25.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and I cause life because the Father has enabled me to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 57 dba2 figs-extrainfo καὶ ὁ τρώγων με 1 so he who eats me Jesus is using **eating me** figuratively to refer to trusting him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. See how you translated similar expressions in verses [53–56](../06/53.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||||
JHN 6 57 e6op figs-explicit κἀκεῖνος ζήσει δι’ ἐμέ 1 Here, **live** refers to having eternal life. It does not refer to being the source of life, as **living** and **live** are used previously in this verse. If this shift in meaning might confuse your readers, you could state the difference explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will also have eternal life because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 58 m2nz figs-123person οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς 1 This is the bread that has come down from heaven John records Jesus referring to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -912,7 +912,7 @@ JHN 6 59 ph39 writing-background 0 In this verse John gives background informa
|
|||
JHN 6 59 ukxi figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers to what Jesus said to the crowd and Jewish leaders in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these teachings about being the bread of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 60 t1me figs-ellipsis ἀκούσαντες 1 Here, John leaves out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “having heard this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 6 60 wf67 figs-metonymy ἐστιν ὁ λόγος οὗτος 1 Here, **word** stands for what Jesus had just spoken to the crowd in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What he has just said is” or “These words are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 6 60 lmcv figs-explicit σκληρός 1 Here, **hard** refers to something that causes a negative reaction because it is harsh or unpleasant. It does not refer to something that is difficult to understand, but something that is difficult to accept. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “hard to accept” or “offensive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 60 lmcv figs-explicit σκληρός 1 Here, **hard** refers to something that causes a negative reaction because it is harsh or unpleasant. It does not refer to something that is difficult to understand, but something that is difficult to accept. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “hard to accept” or “offensive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 60 cp3k figs-rquestion τίς δύναται αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν? 1 Here the disciples use the question form for emphasis. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “no one is able to listen to it!” or “it is too hard to listen to!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 61 rn8i figs-explicit εἰδὼς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν ἑαυτῷ 1 Does this offend you? This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what his disciples were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful to your readers, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Even though no one told Jesus, he knew” or “Even though Jesus had not heard them, he was fully aware”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 61 g3z7 figs-explicit περὶ τούτου…τοῦτο 1 In this verse, **this** refers to what Jesus had just spoken to the crowd in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “about these teachings … what I teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -923,11 +923,11 @@ JHN 6 62 ibnq figs-explicit τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See
|
|||
JHN 6 62 uxe0 figs-explicit ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον 1 This phrase refers to heaven, where Jesus was **before** he came down to earth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to heaven, where I used to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 63 nx51 figs-explicit τὸ Πνεῦμά ἐστιν τὸ ζῳοποιοῦν 1 Here, **making alive** refers to giving eternal life, not physical life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Spirit is the one giving eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 63 ygqi figs-explicit ἡ σὰρξ 1 Here, **the flesh** could refer to: (1) human nature, as in the UST. (2) Jesus’ body. Alternate translation: “my flesh” (3) both human nature and Jesus’ body. “your nature and my flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 63 y558 figs-explicit οὐκ ὠφελεῖ οὐδέν 1 profits Here, **profit** means to be beneficial or useful. It does not mean to earn money. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “has no benefit” or “is no help at all”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 63 y558 figs-explicit οὐκ ὠφελεῖ οὐδέν 1 profits Here, **profit** means to be beneficial or useful. It does not mean to earn money. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “has no benefit” or “is no help at all”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 63 fy9p figs-metonymy τὰ ῥήματα…ζωή ἐστιν 1 Here, **words** stands for the teachings that Jesus had just spoken to the crowd in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The teachings … these teachings are life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 6 63 plw8 πνεῦμά ἐστιν 1 This could mean: (1) from the Spirit. Alternate translation: “are from the Spirit” (2) about the Spirit. Alternate translation: “are about the Spirit”
|
||||
JHN 6 63 gb29 καὶ ζωή ἐστιν 1 This could mean: (1) give life. Alternate translation: “and they give life” (2) about life. Alternate translation: “and they are about life”
|
||||
JHN 6 63 dz25 figs-explicit ζωή 1 Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 63 dz25 figs-explicit ζωή 1 Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 64 ey1e writing-background ᾔδει γὰρ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ μὴ πιστεύοντες, καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ παραδώσων αὐτόν 1 For Jesus knew from the beginning who were the ones … who it was who would betray him In this sentence John gives background information to explain why Jesus said the earlier part of this verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus said this because he knew from the start who did not believe and who would later betray him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 6 64 rlhr figs-explicit οἳ οὐ πιστεύουσιν…οἱ μὴ πιστεύοντες 1 The implied object of **believe** and **believing** is Jesus or Jesus’ teaching. If your language requires an object for these words, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who do not believe in me … the ones not believing in me” or “who do not believe what I say … the ones not believing what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 65 e9ex figs-explicit διὰ τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers to the information Jesus said in the previous verse. If it would be misunderstood for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because of the disbelief I have just told you about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -942,10 +942,10 @@ JHN 6 67 hoye translate-names τοῖς δώδεκα 1 If your language does no
|
|||
JHN 6 67 ezer figs-explicit μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς θέλετε ὑπάγειν? 1 John records Jesus asking this question in a way that expects a negative response. He does this to contrast **the Twelve** from the many other disciples who had just abandoned him. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “You probably do not want to go away also, am I right?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 68 n5ty translate-names Σίμων Πέτρος 1 See how you translated the name **Simon Peter** in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 6 68 g9l4 figs-rquestion Κύριε, πρὸς τίνα ἀπελευσόμεθα? 1 Lord, to whom shall we go? **Simon Peter** is using the form of a question to emphasize that he desires to follow only Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, we could never follow anyone but you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 68 tiwh figs-possession ῥήματα ζωῆς αἰωνίου ἔχεις 1 **Peter** uses **of** to describe a **word** that gives **eternal life**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have words that give eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
JHN 6 68 tiwh figs-possession ῥήματα ζωῆς αἰωνίου ἔχεις 1 **Peter** uses **of** to describe a **word** that gives **eternal life**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have words that give eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
JHN 6 68 v12o figs-metonymy ῥήματα 1 John records Peter using the term **words** figuratively to describe the things that Jesus taught by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 6 69 o3w6 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 When Peter says **we**, he is speaking of himself and the rest of the twelve disciples, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
JHN 6 69 qu0n figs-possession ὁ Ἅγιος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **Peter** uses **of** to describe **the Holy One** who comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy One from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
JHN 6 69 qu0n figs-possession ὁ Ἅγιος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **Peter** uses **of** to describe **the Holy One** who comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy One from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
JHN 6 70 m9ys figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς τοὺς δώδεκα ἐξελεξάμην, καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν εἷς διάβολός ἐστιν? 1 Did not I choose you, the twelve, and one of you is a devil? Jesus gives this remark in the form of a question in order to emphasize that one of the twelve disciples will betray him. Alternate translation: “I chose you, the Twelve, myself, and one of you is a devil!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 70 k335 figs-nominaladj τοὺς δώδεκα 1 See how you translated **the Twelve** in verse [67](../06/67.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
JHN 6 70 jl5i figs-explicit ἐξ ὑμῶν εἷς διάβολός ἐστιν 1 The word **devil** could mean: (1) one of Jesus’ twelve disciples was a wicked person whose thoughts and actions resembled those of the **devil** or was being influenced or controlled by the **devil**. It does not mean that this person actually was the devil in human form. It also does not imply that there is more than one devil. Alternate translation: “one of you is wicked like the devil” or “one of you is controlled by the devil” (2) one of Jesus’ twelve disciples was speaking harmful and untrue things about Jesus to others. This meaning is possible because the word translated **devil** can also mean “slanderer.” Alternate translation: “one of you is a slanderer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -956,9 +956,9 @@ JHN 7 intro l712 0 # John 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<
|
|||
JHN 7 1 b99m writing-newevent μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things This phrase introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
JHN 7 1 r94g figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Here and throughout this chapter, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. Apart from one exception in [verse 2](../07/02.md), it does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 7 2 n2ud writing-background 0 In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when the events happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This event took place near the time of the Shelters Festival, the festival of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 7 2 m4ch figs-explicit τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Unlike in the previous verse and throughout this chapter, **the Jews** here refers to the Jewish people in general. It does not refer to the Jewish leaders. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 2 m4ch figs-explicit τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Unlike in the previous verse and throughout this chapter, **the Jews** here refers to the Jewish people in general. It does not refer to the Jewish leaders. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 3 x8ce translate-kinship οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 brothers These were Jesus’ younger **brothers**, the other sons of Mary and Joseph who were born after Jesus. Since the Father of Jesus was God and their father was Joseph, they were actually his half-brothers. That detail is not normally translated, but if your language has a specific word for a man’s younger brother, it would be appropriate to use it here. Alternate translation: “his younger brothers” or “his half-brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
|
||||
JHN 7 3 id2z figs-explicit σοῦ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιεῖς 1 the works that you do Here, **works** refers to the powerful miracles that Jesus was performing. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “your miracles that you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 3 id2z figs-explicit σοῦ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιεῖς 1 the works that you do Here, **works** refers to the powerful miracles that Jesus was performing. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “your miracles that you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 4 by1h figs-rpronouns ζητεῖ αὐτὸς 1 Here, Jesus’ brothers use the reflexive pronoun **himself** in order to emphasize their belief that Jesus wants to make **himself** famous. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “seeks for his own benefit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 7 4 uj59 ζητεῖ αὐτὸς ἐν παρρησίᾳ εἶναι 1 Alternate translation: “seeks publicity for himself” or “seeks public attention”
|
||||
JHN 7 4 mc8r grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ ταῦτα ποιεῖς 1 John records Jesus’ brothers speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but they mean that it is actually true. Although they didn’t believe that Jesus was the Messiah at this time, they did not deny that he was doing miracles. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what the brothers are saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you do these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -984,13 +984,13 @@ JHN 7 12 glq8 grammar-collectivenouns τοῖς ὄχλοις…τὸν ὄχλ
|
|||
JHN 7 12 c27a figs-metaphor πλανᾷ τὸν ὄχλον 1 he leads the crowds astray Here the people use **leads** **astray** figuratively to refer to persuading someone to believe something that is not true. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he misleads the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 7 13 yyiv figs-possession διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 John is using **of** to describe the **fear** that the people had for the Jewish leaders. If this use of the possessive form would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “because of their fear for the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
JHN 7 13 n8bb figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 7 14 yut8 τῆς ἑορτῆς 1 Here, **the festival** refers to the Jewish Festival of Shelters mentioned in verse [1](../07/01.md). See how you translated the word **festival** there. Alternate translation: “the Shelters Festival”
|
||||
JHN 7 14 yut8 τῆς ἑορτῆς 1 Here, **the festival** refers to the Jewish Festival of Shelters mentioned in verse [1](../07/01.md). See how you translated the word **festival** there. Alternate translation: “the Shelters festival”
|
||||
JHN 7 14 jqnk figs-synecdoche εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 Since only priests could enter **the temple** building, this refers to **the temple** courtyard. John is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 7 15 u12l figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 7 15 obtt figs-explicit ἐθαύμαζον 1 The word translated **marveled** refers to being amazed or in wonder of something in either a negative or positive way. Since the Jewish leaders despised Jesus, their amazement was unfavorable toward him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “surprised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 15 obtt figs-explicit ἐθαύμαζον 1 The word translated **marveled** refers to being amazed or in wonder of something in either a negative or positive way. Since the Jewish leaders despised Jesus, their amazement was unfavorable toward him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “surprised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 15 e7ve figs-rquestion πῶς οὗτος γράμματα οἶδεν, μὴ μεμαθηκώς? 1 The Jewish leaders are using the form of a question to emphasize that they were surprised and annoyed by how much knowledge Jesus had about Scripture. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He certainly cannot know so much about the scriptures, not being educated!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 15 k8wh figs-explicit οὗτος 1 Here, John records the Jewish leaders saying **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 15 oqzy figs-explicit μὴ μεμαθηκώς 1 Here, the Jewish leaders use **educated** to refer to receiving a Jewish religious education, which would include studying the Hebrew scriptures and Jewish religious traditions. This does not mean that they thought Jesus didn’t know how to read or write. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “not being trained in our scriptures and doctrines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 15 oqzy figs-explicit μὴ μεμαθηκώς 1 Here, the Jewish leaders use **educated** to refer to receiving a Jewish religious education, which would include studying the Hebrew scriptures and Jewish religious traditions. This does not mean that they thought Jesus didn’t know how to read or write. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “not being trained in our scriptures and doctrines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 16 h7mr figs-explicit τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 of him who sent me Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 17 vlcd figs-explicit ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν…ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of Jesus’ teaching. A teaching could only have authority if God was its source. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is with God’s authority … only with my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 18 u5h6 figs-explicit ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of what the person is speaking. A teaching could only have authority if God was its source. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1003,11 +1003,11 @@ JHN 7 19 bfd2 figs-rquestion τί με ζητεῖτε ἀποκτεῖναι? 1
|
|||
JHN 7 20 hdud grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||||
JHN 7 20 l1rq δαιμόνιον ἔχεις 1 You have a demon Alternate translation: “A demon is inside of you!” or “You must be under the control of a demon!”
|
||||
JHN 7 20 r9wi figs-rquestion τίς σε ζητεῖ ἀποκτεῖναι? 1 Who seeks to kill you? **The crowd** is using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your language does not use this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one wants to kill you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 21 b63z figs-explicit ἓν ἔργον 1 one work Here, **work** refers to the time when Jesus miraculously healed a paralyzed man on the Jewish day of rest called the Sabbath, as recorded in [5:5–9](../05/05.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “one miracle on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 21 l1zf figs-explicit πάντες θαυμάζετε 1 you all marvel The word translated **marveled** refers to being amazed or in wonder of something in either a negative or positive way. Since some people in this crowd despised Jesus, their amazement was unfavorable toward him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are all surprised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 22 o9n9 figs-explicit διὰ τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers to someone doing something on the Sabbath to help someone else. More specifically, Jesus is referring to the time he offended the Jews by healing a paralyzed man on the Sabbath. This event was indirectly mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “On account of activities like healing taking place on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 21 b63z figs-explicit ἓν ἔργον 1 one work Here, **work** refers to the time when Jesus miraculously healed a paralyzed man on the Jewish day of rest called the Sabbath, as recorded in [5:5–9](../05/05.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “one miracle on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 21 l1zf figs-explicit πάντες θαυμάζετε 1 you all marvel The word translated **marveled** refers to being amazed or in wonder of something in either a negative or positive way. Since some people in this crowd despised Jesus, their amazement was unfavorable toward him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are all surprised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 22 o9n9 figs-explicit διὰ τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers to someone doing something on the Sabbath to help someone else. More specifically, Jesus is referring to the time he offended the Jews by healing a paralyzed man on the Sabbath. This event was indirectly mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “On account of activities like healing taking place on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 22 d8sw writing-background οὐχ ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Μωϋσέως ἐστὶν, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τῶν πατέρων 1 not that it is from Moses, but from the ancestors Here Jesus provides additional information about where the Jewish practice of circumcision came from. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 7 22 w22v figs-explicit τῶν πατέρων 1 Here, **fathers** refers specifically to the first ancestors of the Jewish people, who are often called “the Patriarchs.” Those people are Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. It does not refer to the ancestors of the Jewish people in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Patriarchs” or “the men who founded the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 22 w22v figs-explicit τῶν πατέρων 1 Here, **fathers** refers specifically to the first ancestors of the Jewish people, who are often called “the Patriarchs.” Those people are Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. It does not refer to the ancestors of the Jewish people in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Patriarchs” or “the men who founded the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 22 cs9z figs-explicit ἐν Σαββάτῳ περιτέμνετε ἄνθρωπον 1 on the Sabbath you circumcise a man Jesus implies that the act of **circumcision** was a kind of work. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you circumcise a male baby on the Sabbath. That is working too” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 22 dl6z figs-genericnoun ἄνθρωπον 1 Jesus is speaking of any Jewish **man** in general, not of one particular **man**. If this use of **man** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
JHN 7 23 t21u grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ περιτομὴν λαμβάνει ἄνθρωπος ἐν Σαββάτῳ 1 If a man receives circumcision on the Sabbath John records Jesus speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since a man receive circumcision on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1029,7 +1029,7 @@ JHN 7 28 ah7u figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Jesus and t
|
|||
JHN 7 28 w35k figs-explicit ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 of myself See how you translated this phrase in verse [17](../07/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 28 a2h9 figs-explicit ὁ πέμψας με 1 he who sent me is true Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in verse [16](../07/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 28 rc3g figs-explicit ἔστιν ἀληθινὸς ὁ πέμψας με 1 Here, **true** could mean: (1) real. In this case, Jesus would be saying that he the God who is real sent him. Alternate translation: “the one who sent me is the real God” (2) truthful. In this case, Jesus would be saying that God is truly the one who sent him. Alternate translation: “the one who sent me is the true sender” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 30 kci1 grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** indicates that this verse states the result of what had happened in the previous verses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “As a result of Jesus saying these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JHN 7 30 kci1 grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** indicates that this verse states the result of what had happened in the previous verses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “As a result of Jesus saying these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JHN 7 30 e0ce writing-pronouns ἐζήτουν 1 Here, **they** could refer to: (1) the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities were seeking” (2) the Jerusalemites. Alternate translation: “the people dwelling in Jerusalem were seeking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 7 30 pamg figs-idiom οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὴν χεῖρα 1 To lay **a hand on** someone is an idiom which means to grab someone or hold onto someone. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “no one grabbed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 7 30 pxr4 figs-metonymy οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ 1 his hour had not yet come Here, the word **hour** is used figuratively to refer to the time God had planned for Jesus to be arrested and killed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the right time to arrest him had not yet come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1045,7 +1045,7 @@ JHN 7 34 p7w6 figs-infostructure ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ὑμεῖς, ο
|
|||
JHN 7 35 zn29 figs-synecdoche εἶπον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι πρὸς ἑαυτούς 1 The Jews therefore said among themselves Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 7 35 ojvy figs-explicit οὗτος 1 Here, John records the Jewish leaders saying **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. See how you translated this phrase in verse [15](../07/15.md). Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 35 tc23 figs-rquestion μὴ εἰς τὴν διασπορὰν τῶν Ἑλλήνων μέλλει πορεύεσθαι, καὶ διδάσκειν τοὺς Ἕλληνας? 1 The Jewish leaders are using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely he is not about to go to the dispersion of the Greeks and to teach the Greeks!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 35 ef1y figs-explicit τὴν διασπορὰν 1 Here, **dispersion** refers to the Jewish people who were spread across the Greek-speaking world that was outside of the land of Israel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jews who are dispersed” or “the Jews who are scattered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 35 ef1y figs-explicit τὴν διασπορὰν 1 Here, **dispersion** refers to the Jewish people who were spread across the Greek-speaking world that was outside of the land of Israel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jews who are dispersed” or “the Jews who are scattered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 35 g64h figs-possession τὴν διασπορὰν τῶν Ἑλλήνων 1 John records the **Jews** using **of** to describe the Jewish people who were dispersed among **the Greeks**. If this use of the possessive form would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the dispersion among the Greeks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
JHN 7 36 ib6p figs-metonymy τίς ἐστιν ὁ λόγος οὗτος ὃν εἶπε 1 What is this word that he said Here, **word** is used figuratively to refer to the meaning of the message that Jesus had shared. The Jewish leaders had failed to understand that message. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What was he talking about when he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 7 36 h18z figs-quotesinquotes εἶπε, ζητήσετέ με, καὶ οὐχ εὑρήσετέ; καὶ ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@ JHN 7 38 wtl7 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή, ποταμοὶ
|
|||
JHN 7 38 q926 figs-personification εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή 1 Here Jesus uses **scripture** as if it were a person who could speak. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the prophets spoke in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 7 38 uw2q figs-metaphor ποταμοὶ…ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος 1 rivers of living water will flow Here Jesus uses **rivers** figuratively to refer to a constant and abundant flow of **living water**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “an abundance of living water will flow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 7 38 yt75 figs-extrainfo ὕδατος ζῶντος 1 living water Jesus uses **living water** here figuratively to refer to the Holy Spirit who works in a person to save and transform them. However, since John explains this meaning in the next verse, you do not need to explain it further here. See how you translated **living water** in [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||||
JHN 7 38 y1zb figs-explicit ὕδατος ζῶντος 1 Here, **living** is used figuratively to mean “giving eternal life” or “causing people to live forever.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “water that gives eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 38 y1zb figs-explicit ὕδατος ζῶντος 1 Here, **living** is used figuratively to mean “giving eternal life” or “causing people to live forever.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “water that gives eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 38 ebk7 writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ 1 The pronoun **his** could refer to: (1) the person who believes in Jesus. This meaning is used in most Bible translations and assumes that a new sentence begins at the beginning of this verse. Alternate translation, as in the ULT: “his” (2) Jesus. This meaning is used in some ancient church writings and assumes that the sentence at the end of the previous verse continues into through **the one believing in me** in this verse. Alternate translation: “my” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 7 38 cx1q figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ 1 from his stomach Here the **stomach** is used figuratively to refer to the non-physical part of a person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from inside of him” or “from his heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 7 39 i8wx writing-background 0 General Information: In this verse John gives information to clarify what Jesus was talking about in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1102,7 +1102,7 @@ JHN 8 12 yc5p figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world Here, **world** ref
|
|||
JHN 8 12 zf41 figs-idiom ὁ ἀκολουθῶν ἐμοὶ 1 he who follows me Here, **following** means to become Jesus’ disciple and obey his teachings. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:43](../01/43.md). Alternate translation: “the one who becomes my disciple” or “the one who obeys me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 8 12 tse3 figs-metaphor οὐ μὴ περιπατήσῃ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ 1 will not walk in the darkness Here Jesus uses the phrase **walk in the darkness** figuratively to refer to living a sinful life. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “may certainly not live as if he were living in the darkness of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 8 12 vw7r figs-possession φῶς τῆς ζωῆς 1 light of life Here, John records Jesus using the **of** to describe **light** that gives **life**. If this use of the possessive form is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “light that brings life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
JHN 8 12 lvdg figs-explicit τῆς ζωῆς 1 Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 12 lvdg figs-explicit τῆς ζωῆς 1 Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 13 ih9h figs-explicit σὺ περὶ σεαυτοῦ μαρτυρεῖς 1 You bear witness about yourself The Pharisees assumed that their listeners understood that they were referring to Jesus testifying about himself without there being any other witnesses to confirm his **testimony**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are testifying about yourself without any other witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 13 mrj6 figs-explicit ἡ μαρτυρία σου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθής 1 your witness is not true The Pharisees are implying that the **testimony** of only one person **is not true** because of a rule in the law of Moses. According to Deuteronomy [19:15](../deu/19/15.md), a statement had to be confirmed by at least two witnesses in order to be considered true in legal decisions. If your audience is not familiar with the law of Moses in the Old Testament, then you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “your testimony about yourself cannot be true because the law of Moses requires at least two witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 14 bh68 figs-you ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐκ οἴδατε 1 In [verses 14–20](../08/14.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to the Pharisees. He is not speaking directly to those who believe in him. If this would confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but you Pharisees do not know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1118,7 +1118,7 @@ JHN 8 17 l6ln figs-explicit δύο ἀνθρώπων ἡ μαρτυρία ἀλ
|
|||
JHN 8 18 gfd3 figs-explicit μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ 1 the Father who sent me bears witness about me In addition to Jesus himself, God the **the Father** also **testifies about** Jesus. Jesus thus implies that his testimony is true because there are two witnesses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “my Father who sent me also brings evidence about me. So you should believe that what we tell you is true” or “my Father who sent me also testifies about me. Therefore, my testimony is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 18 ayl5 figs-explicit ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ 1 Here, this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in verse [16](../08/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 18 ycc8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ…Πατήρ 2 the Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 19 o66t figs-explicit οὔτε ἐμὲ οἴδατε, οὔτε τὸν Πατέρα μου. εἰ ἐμὲ ᾔδειτε, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου ἂν ᾔδειτε 1 In this verse, **know** refers to knowing who Jesus and God actually are, not just knowing information about them. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You know neither who I am nor who my Father is; if you had known who I am, you would have known who my Father is also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 19 o66t figs-explicit οὔτε ἐμὲ οἴδατε, οὔτε τὸν Πατέρα μου. εἰ ἐμὲ ᾔδειτε, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου ἂν ᾔδειτε 1 In this verse, **know** refers to knowing who Jesus and God actually are, not just knowing information about them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You know neither who I am nor who my Father is; if you had known who I am, you would have known who my Father is also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 19 b26z guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 my Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 19 wcd1 grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ ἐμὲ ᾔδειτε, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου ἂν ᾔδειτε. 1 Here, Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He knows that the Pharisees do not know who he really is and do not really know God. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “you do not know me, because if you did, you would also know my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
|
||||
JHN 8 20 p01r writing-background 0 In this verse John finishes telling about the events in the story by giving background information about where these events happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Some languages may require the information about the setting to be placed at the beginning of this part of the story in [8:12](../08/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1133,11 +1133,11 @@ JHN 8 22 a4p4 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews said Here, **t
|
|||
JHN 8 22 upxp figs-explicit μήτι ἀποκτενεῖ ἑαυτὸν 1 John records the Jewish leaders using the form of a question in a way that expects a negative response, but also expresses uncertainty about that response. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response with uncertainty, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “Could it be possible that he will kill himself?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 22 vskt figs-quotesinquotes ὅτι λέγει, ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω ὑμεῖς, οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Is that why he says that where he goes, we will not be able to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
JHN 8 22 mi1t ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω ὑμεῖς, οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν 1 See how you translated this clause in the previous verse.
|
||||
JHN 8 23 oc6i figs-you ὑμεῖς ἐκ τῶν κάτω ἐστέ 1 In [verses 23–30](../08/23.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to the Jewish leaders. He is not speaking directly to those who believe in him. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You Jewish authorities are from below” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
JHN 8 23 oc6i figs-you ὑμεῖς ἐκ τῶν κάτω ἐστέ 1 In [verses 23–30](../08/23.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to the Jewish leaders. He is not speaking directly to those who believe in him. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You Jewish authorities are from below” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
JHN 8 23 zug9 figs-explicit ὑμεῖς ἐκ τῶν κάτω ἐστέ 1 You are from below The phrase **from below** could refer to: (1) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “You came from the things below” (2) the place where the subject belongs. Alternate translation: “You belong to the things below” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 23 tg9d figs-explicit τῶν κάτω 1 Here, John records Jesus using **the things below** figuratively to refer to **this world**. It does not refer to hell. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are from this lower world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 23 tg9d figs-explicit τῶν κάτω 1 Here, John records Jesus using **the things below** figuratively to refer to **this world**. It does not refer to hell. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are from this lower world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 23 a7ny figs-explicit ἐγὼ ἐκ τῶν ἄνω εἰμί 1 I am from above The phrase **from the things above** could refer to: (1) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “I came from the things above” (2) the place where the subject belongs, which is heaven. Alternate translation: “I belong to the things above” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 23 qlv4 figs-explicit τῶν ἄνω 1 Here, John records Jesus using **the things above** figuratively to refer to heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 23 qlv4 figs-explicit τῶν ἄνω 1 Here, John records Jesus using **the things above** figuratively to refer to heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 23 svn1 figs-explicit ὑμεῖς ἐκ τούτου τοῦ κόσμου ἐστέ, ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 The phrase **from this world** could refer to: (1) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “You come from this world; I do not come from this world” (2) the place where the subject belongs. Alternate translation: “You belong to this world; I do not belong to this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 23 w3vx figs-metonymy τούτου τοῦ κόσμου…τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 Here, **this world** refers to everything in the universe that has been corrupted by sin and is hostile to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this sinful world … this sinful world” or “this world that opposes God … this world that opposes God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 24 jgw4 ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν…ἐγώ εἰμι, ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν 1 you will die in your sins This phrase **you will die in your sins** is different from the similar statement in verse [21](../08/21.md) because **sins** is plural in this verse but singular in that verse. Therefore, make sure that you translate **sins** differently than how you translated “sin” in verse [21](../08/21.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1151,7 +1151,7 @@ JHN 8 26 xj8y figs-explicit κἀγὼ ἃ ἤκουσα παρ’ αὐτοῦ,
|
|||
JHN 8 26 lsc7 figs-metonymy ταῦτα λαλῶ εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 these things I say to the world Here, John records Jesus using **the world** figuratively to refer to the people who live in **the world**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “these things I say to everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 27 i7gq writing-background 0 General Information: In this verse John gives information about the Jewish leaders to explain their reaction to Jesus’ teaching. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 8 27 hh1s guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 28 x6ca figs-explicit ὅταν ὑψώσητε 1 When you have lifted up Here, John records Jesus referring to when he would be **lifted up** on the cross to be killed. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “When you have lifted me up on a cross to kill me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 28 x6ca figs-explicit ὅταν ὑψώσητε 1 When you have lifted up Here, John records Jesus referring to when he would be **lifted up** on the cross to be killed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “When you have lifted me up on a cross to kill me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 28 qsch figs-123person ὅταν ὑψώσητε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this clause in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
JHN 8 28 er3s figs-explicit τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Son of Man See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 28 tcs5 figs-explicit ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I AM See how you translated this in verse [24](../08/24.md) and also see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1189,7 +1189,7 @@ JHN 8 39 v7og figs-metaphor τέκνα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ 1 Here Jesus uses
|
|||
JHN 8 39 xcnx figs-possession τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ 1 Jesus is using **of** to describe **works** that were done by **Abraham**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the works done by Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
JHN 8 40 s615 figs-explicit τοῦτο Ἀβραὰμ οὐκ ἐποίησεν 1 Abraham did not do this Here, **this** refers to what Jesus said earlier in the verse about what the Jews were trying to do to him. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Abraham did not seek to kill someone who told him the truth from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 41 i87r figs-extrainfo ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 You do the works of your father Jesus uses the phrase **your father** to refer to the devil. However, since the Jews did not understand what Jesus meant when he used this phrase, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||||
JHN 8 41 y82e figs-explicit ἡμεῖς ἐκ πορνείας οὐ γεγεννήμεθα 1 We were not born in sexual immorality Here, the Jews imply that Jesus does not know who his real father is and that he is the result of an immoral sexual relationship. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “We do not know about you, but we are not illegitimate children” or “We were all born from proper marriages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 41 y82e figs-explicit ἡμεῖς ἐκ πορνείας οὐ γεγεννήμεθα 1 We were not born in sexual immorality Here, the Jews imply that Jesus does not know who his real father is and that he is the result of an immoral sexual relationship. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “We do not know about you, but we are not illegitimate children” or “We were all born from proper marriages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 42 nh4m grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ ὁ Θεὸς Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ἦν, ἠγαπᾶτε ἂν ἐμέ 1 Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he already knows that the condition is not true. Jesus knows that the Jews speaking to him here do not love him and are not true followers of God. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “God is surely not your father, because if he were, you would love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
|
||||
JHN 8 42 mk2w figs-explicit ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ ἐλήλυθα 1 Here, **from** is used to indicate Jesus’ origin. He could only have authority if he came from God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “have I come on my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 42 p7iv writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνός 1 Here, **that one** refers to God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1203,7 +1203,7 @@ JHN 8 44 i1e4 figs-idiom ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ οὐκ ἔστηκεν 1
|
|||
JHN 8 44 j6rz figs-metaphor οὐκ ἔστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν αὐτῷ 1 Here Jesus speaks figuratively of **truth** as if it were an object that could exist inside someone. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he never speaks the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 8 44 hqmo ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων λαλεῖ 1 Alternate translation: “he speaks according to his character” or “he speaks what is most natural for him to speak”
|
||||
JHN 8 44 k1qu figs-metaphor ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ 1 the father of lies Here Jesus uses **father** figuratively to refer to the one who originated the act of lying. Since **the devil** is the first being to tell a lie, he is called the **father** of lying. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who created it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 8 44 x11i figs-explicit ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **it** refers to the act of lying. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the father of lying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 44 x11i figs-explicit ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **it** refers to the act of lying. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the father of lying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 46 y3gz figs-rquestion τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐλέγχει με περὶ ἁμαρτίας? 1 Which one of you convicts me of sin? Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he has never sinned. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “None of you can convict me concerning sin!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 46 kh6a grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ ἀλήθειαν λέγω 1 If I speak the truth John records Jesus speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since I speak the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
JHN 8 46 ibp1 figs-rquestion διὰ τί ὑμεῖς οὐ πιστεύετέ μοι? 1 why do you not believe me? Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to scold the Jews for their unbelief. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you have no reason for not believing me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1217,7 +1217,7 @@ JHN 8 48 ovbe figs-explicit Σαμαρείτης εἶ σὺ 1 Most Jewish peop
|
|||
JHN 8 48 fk8t δαιμόνιον ἔχεις 1 See how you translated this phrase in [7:20](../07/20.md). Alternate translation: “a demon is inside of you!” or “you must be under the control of a demon!”
|
||||
JHN 8 49 pgts ἐγὼ δαιμόνιον οὐκ ἔχω 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “a demon is not inside of me” or “I am not under the control of a demon”
|
||||
JHN 8 50 wmmd figs-abstractnouns ζητῶ τὴν δόξαν μου 1 there is one seeking and judging If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “seek to glorify myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JHN 8 50 fg43 figs-explicit ἔστιν ὁ ζητῶν καὶ κρίνων 1 there is one seeking and judging Here, **one** refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God is the one seeking and judging” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 50 fg43 figs-explicit ἔστιν ὁ ζητῶν καὶ κρίνων 1 there is one seeking and judging Here, **one** refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God is the one seeking and judging” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 50 d00s figs-ellipsis ὁ ζητῶν 1 Here, Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “one seeking my glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 8 50 cs55 figs-ellipsis κρίνων 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. Here, **judging** could refer to: (1) God **judging** between what Jesus said about himself and what his Jewish opponents were saying about him. Alternate translation: “judging between your testimony and mine” (2) God condemning those who dishonor Jesus. Alternate translation: “judging those who dishonor me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 8 51 fb52 figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1264,13 +1264,13 @@ JHN 9 4 rloj figs-metaphor ἔρχεται νὺξ 1 Here Jesus uses **Night**
|
|||
JHN 9 5 f2xu figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 in the world Here Jesus uses **world** to refer to the earth on which people live. It does not refer only to the people in the world or to the entire universe. Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 9 5 dd8k figs-metaphor φῶς εἰμι τοῦ κόσμου 1 light of the world See how you translated this clause in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “I am the one who reveals God’s truth and goodness to the world that is like a light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 9 6 y3s4 figs-explicit ἐποίησεν πηλὸν ἐκ τοῦ πτύσματος 1 made mud with the saliva Jesus used his fingers to mix the dirt and **saliva** into **mud**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “used his fingers to mix the dirt and saliva to make mud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 7 ily8 figs-explicit νίψαι…ἐνίψατο 1 wash … washed Here, Jesus wanted the blind man to **wash** the mud off of his eyes in the pool and that is what the man did. Jesus did not want him to bathe or **wash** his whole body. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and wash your eyes … washed his eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 7 haum figs-possession τὴν κολυμβήθραν τοῦ Σιλωάμ 1 Jesus is using **of** to describe a **pool** that is called **Siloam**. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the pool named Siloam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
JHN 9 7 ily8 figs-explicit νίψαι…ἐνίψατο 1 wash … washed Here, Jesus wanted the blind man to **wash** the mud off of his eyes in the pool and that is what the man did. Jesus did not want him to bathe or **wash** his whole body. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and wash your eyes … washed his eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 7 haum figs-possession τὴν κολυμβήθραν τοῦ Σιλωάμ 1 Jesus is using **of** to describe a **pool** that is called **Siloam**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the pool named Siloam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
JHN 9 7 ror0 figs-activepassive ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which means ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 9 7 ri9h writing-background ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος 1 which is translated “Sent” In this clause John provides a brief break in the storyline in order to explain to his readers what **Siloam** means. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “which means ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 9 7 p54y figs-explicit ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος 1 which is translated “Sent” John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the name **Siloam** means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is the Aramaic word for ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 7 q68b figs-go ἦλθεν 1 which is translated “Sent” As the next verse suggests, the man **came back** to his home, not to Jesus. Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “went back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
JHN 9 7 rj0w figs-explicit βλέπων 1 Here, **seeing** means that the man became able to see before coming back. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “after becoming able to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 7 rj0w figs-explicit βλέπων 1 Here, **seeing** means that the man became able to see before coming back. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “after becoming able to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 8 d1vq figs-ellipsis ὅτι προσαίτης ἦν 1 This clause is missing some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “those who had seen that he was a beggar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 9 8 r79x figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ καθήμενος καὶ προσαιτῶν? 1 Is not this the man that used to sit and beg? The people here are using a rhetorical question to express their surprise at seeing the blind man who has been healed. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This man is the one who used to sit and beg!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 9 10 m97n figs-activepassive πῶς ἠνεῴχθησάν σου οἱ ὀφθαλμοί? 1 Then how were your eyes opened? If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “How did you open your eyes?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1281,24 +1281,24 @@ JHN 9 11 b5zf figs-explicit νίψαι…καὶ νιψάμενος 1 See how y
|
|||
JHN 9 11 ajxb figs-abstractnouns ἀνέβλεψα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sight**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I could see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JHN 9 13 cu14 figs-pastforfuture ἄγουσιν 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 9 14 dl48 writing-background 0 General Information: In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when Jesus healed the man. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 9 14 ef0w figs-explicit τὸν πηλὸν ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ ἀνέῳξεν αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς 1 The negative reaction of the Pharisees described in the following verses is based on their belief that Jesus’ actions were considered to be work according to their religious laws. Therefore, they believed that he was disobeying God’s command to rest and not work on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus made the mud and opened his eyes. These were two deeds the Pharisees considered to be work.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 14 ef0w figs-explicit τὸν πηλὸν ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ ἀνέῳξεν αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς 1 The negative reaction of the Pharisees described in the following verses is based on their belief that Jesus’ actions were considered to be work according to their religious laws. Therefore, they believed that he was disobeying God’s command to rest and not work on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus made the mud and opened his eyes. These were two deeds the Pharisees considered to be work.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 14 qxy9 figs-metonymy ἀνέῳξεν αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς 1 Here, **opened** **eyes** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “caused him to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 9 15 d6xd figs-explicit πάλιν οὖν ἠρώτων αὐτὸν καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι 1 Then again the Pharisees asked him Here, **again** means that this is the second time people questioned the blind man whom Jesus had healed. It does not mean that this is the second time **the Pharisees** questioned him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then, in addition to his neighbors questioning him, the Pharisees also began asking him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 15 d6xd figs-explicit πάλιν οὖν ἠρώτων αὐτὸν καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι 1 Then again the Pharisees asked him Here, **again** means that this is the second time people questioned the blind man whom Jesus had healed. It does not mean that this is the second time **the Pharisees** questioned him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then, in addition to his neighbors questioning him, the Pharisees also began asking him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 15 exy2 figs-abstractnouns ἀνέβλεψεν 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 11](../09/11.md). Alternate translation: “he could see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JHN 9 15 g2vb figs-explicit ἐνιψάμην 1 See how you translated **washed** in [verse 11](../09/11.md). Alternate translation: “I washed my eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 16 hdh9 figs-explicit τὸ Σάββατον οὐ τηρεῖ 1 he does not keep the Sabbath The phrase **does not keep the Sabbath** means to disobey the regulations for the Sabbath that God gave in the law of Moses. The Pharisees added many regulations which they considered to be equal with those that God had given. It was these additional regulations that Jesus was disobeying, thereby making the Pharisees very angry with him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he does not obeying our Sabbath regulations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 16 hdh9 figs-explicit τὸ Σάββατον οὐ τηρεῖ 1 he does not keep the Sabbath The phrase **does not keep the Sabbath** means to disobey the regulations for the Sabbath that God gave in the law of Moses. The Pharisees added many regulations which they considered to be equal with those that God had given. It was these additional regulations that Jesus was disobeying, thereby making the Pharisees very angry with him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he does not obeying our Sabbath regulations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 16 h0tt figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν οὗτος παρὰ Θεοῦ ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 Here, **from** is used to indicate Jesus’ origin. He could only have authority if he came **from God**. Since Jesus was not obeying the Pharisees’ rules, they refused to believe that God had given him authority. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This man does not have God’s authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 16 k4sy figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος ἁμαρτωλὸς τοιαῦτα σημεῖα ποιεῖν? 1 How can a man who is a sinner do such signs? Some people are using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that Jesus’ signs prove he is not a sinner. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “A sinner cannot possibly do such signs!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 9 16 qn73 σημεῖα 1 signs See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
|
||||
JHN 9 16 jeyz figs-abstractnouns σχίσμα ἦν ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **division**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “they divided themselves against each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JHN 9 17 lxnf figs-pastforfuture λέγουσιν 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 9 17 glud figs-explicit ὅτι ἠνέῳξέν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς 1 Because the next verse indicates that the Pharisees did not believe that the man used to be blind, **since** here does not mean that they thought the man had really been healed. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “since you claim that he opened your eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 17 glud figs-explicit ὅτι ἠνέῳξέν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς 1 Because the next verse indicates that the Pharisees did not believe that the man used to be blind, **since** here does not mean that they thought the man had really been healed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “since you claim that he opened your eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 17 lcb3 figs-metonymy ἠνέῳξέν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς 1 Here, **opened** **eyes** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “he caused you to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 9 18 y3wn grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** here indicates that what follows is the result of what the man said about Jesus in the previous verse. Because the formerly blind man believed Jesus was a prophet, **the Jews** who opposed Jesus refused to believe that the man had really been blind. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Since the man said that Jesus was a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JHN 9 18 y3wn grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** here indicates that what follows is the result of what the man said about Jesus in the previous verse. Because the formerly blind man believed Jesus was a prophet, **the Jews** who opposed Jesus refused to believe that the man had really been blind. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Since the man said that Jesus was a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JHN 9 18 awp6 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders, which in this chapter may have been a group of leaders among the Pharisees. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 9 19 npf9 figs-activepassive τυφλὸς ἐγεννήθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he was blind when you bore him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 9 20 pg6a figs-activepassive τυφλὸς ἐγεννήθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he was blind when his mother bore him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 9 21 ahky figs-explicit ἡλικίαν ἔχει 1 The phrase **full maturity** describes a person who is an adult and is legally responsible for himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “is an adult” or “is a full-grown man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 21 ahky figs-explicit ἡλικίαν ἔχει 1 The phrase **full maturity** describes a person who is an adult and is legally responsible for himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “is an adult” or “is a full-grown man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 22 yq73 writing-background 0 General Information: In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about the man’s parents being afraid of the Jewish leaders. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 9 22 k2iw figs-synecdoche τοὺς Ἰουδαίους…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 they were afraid of the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders, which in this chapter may have been a group of leaders among the Pharisees. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 9 22 yjv9 figs-metaphor ἀποσυνάγωγος γένηται 1 he would be thrown out of the synagogue Here John uses **put out of the synagogue** figuratively to refer to no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were **put out of the synagogue**, they were shunned by their local community. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he would not be allowed to enter the synagogue” or “he would no longer belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1324,10 +1324,10 @@ JHN 9 32 bzxd figs-activepassive τυφλοῦ γεγεννημένου 1 If yo
|
|||
JHN 9 33 tt5e figs-doublenegatives εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος παρὰ Θεοῦ, οὐκ ἠδύνατο ποιεῖν οὐδέν 1 If this man were not from God, he could do nothing Here, the formerly blind man uses a double negative sentence pattern to emphasize the positive fact that Jesus must be **from God**. If this double negative pattern would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Only a man from God would be able to do anything like that!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 9 33 pyin grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος παρὰ Θεοῦ 1 If this man were not from God, he could do nothing The formerly blind man is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He has concluded that Jesus must have come **from God** because he healed him. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If this one were not from God, but he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
|
||||
JHN 9 33 sd3s figs-explicit μὴ ἦν…παρὰ Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated **from God** in [verse 16](../09/16.md). Alternate translation: “did not have God’s authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 33 ry9j figs-explicit οὐδέν 1 Here, **anything** does not mean “anything at all.” It means **anything** like the miraculous signs that Jesus was performing, particularly his healing this man who was born blind. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “anything like healing a man blind from birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 33 ry9j figs-explicit οὐδέν 1 Here, **anything** does not mean “anything at all.” It means **anything** like the miraculous signs that Jesus was performing, particularly his healing this man who was born blind. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “anything like healing a man blind from birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 34 da3z figs-rquestion ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος, καὶ σὺ διδάσκεις ἡμᾶς? 1 You were completely born in sins, and you are teaching us? The Jewish leaders are using a question to emphasize their belief that this man was not qualified to question their opinion. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You were completely born in sins and not qualified to teach us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 9 34 wo1z figs-activepassive ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος 1 You were completely born in sins If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Your mother bore you completely in sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 9 34 mcm3 figs-explicit ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος 1 You were completely born in sins The Jewish leaders mention the formerly blind man being **born in sins** to imply that the **sins** of his parents had caused his blindness. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You were born blind completely because of your parents’ sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 34 mcm3 figs-explicit ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος 1 You were completely born in sins The Jewish leaders mention the formerly blind man being **born in sins** to imply that the **sins** of his parents had caused his blindness. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You were born blind completely because of your parents’ sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 34 kl2x figs-metaphor ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω 1 they threw him out Here John uses **threw him out** figuratively to refer to no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were thrown out of the synagogue, they were shunned by their local community. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he was forbidden to enter the synagogue” or “he was forbidden to belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 9 35 z6r9 0 General Information: Jesus finds the man whom he healed in ([verses 1–7](../09/01.md)) and begins to speak to him and the crowd.
|
||||
JHN 9 35 amfh figs-metaphor ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “they had forbidden him from entering the synagogue” or “they had forbidden him from belonging to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1353,12 +1353,12 @@ JHN 10 1 ab9x 0 Connecting Statement: In [verses 1–21](../10/01.md), Jesus c
|
|||
JHN 10 1 i3tj figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
JHN 10 1 xq1f translate-unknown αὐλὴν τῶν προβάτων 1 sheep pen A **sheep pen** is an enclosed or fenced area where a shepherd keeps his sheep. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. If your readers would not be familiar with this way of protecting livestock, you could use a general expression for a roofless space surrounded by walls or a fence. Alternate translation: “the walled area for protecting the sheep” or “the place where sheep are kept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
JHN 10 1 zz7x figs-explicit κλέπτης…καὶ λῃστής 1 a thief and a robber The words translated **thief** and **robber** describe two different kinds of criminals. A **thief** is a person who steals by stealth, but a **robber** is a person who steals by force or violence. For this reason, you may want to use “or” instead of **and** between these two terms. Alternate translation: “a thief or a robber” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 10 2 ib4y figs-possession ποιμήν…τῶν προβάτων 1 Jesus is using **of** to describe a **shepherd** who takes care of **the sheep**. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the shepherd who cares for the sheep” or “the shepherd in charge of the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
JHN 10 2 ib4y figs-possession ποιμήν…τῶν προβάτων 1 Jesus is using **of** to describe a **shepherd** who takes care of **the sheep**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the shepherd who cares for the sheep” or “the shepherd in charge of the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
JHN 10 3 uy2v translate-unknown ὁ θυρωρὸς 1 The gatekeeper opens for him A **gatekeeper** is a person who guards the sheep pen and opens the gate for the shepherd. If your readers would not be familiar with this way of protecting livestock, you could use a general expression for a person who guards an entrance. Alternate translation: “The gate guard” or “The person guarding the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
JHN 10 3 q48q figs-ellipsis ὁ θυρωρὸς ἀνοίγει 1 The gatekeeper opens Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “The gatekeeper opens the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 10 3 ploz writing-pronouns τούτῳ…τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ…τὰ ἴδια πρόβατα φωνεῖ 1 In this verse, **this one**, **his**, and **he** refer to the shepherd mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for this shepherd … the shepherd’s voice … the shepherd calls his own sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 10 3 db3c figs-metaphor τὰ πρόβατα τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούει 1 The sheep hear his voice Here, **hear** could mean: (1) all the sheep in the pen **hear** the shepherd’s **voice**, but not all of them respond to it, as in the ULT. This meaning implies that there are multiple flocks in the sheep pen. (2) the sheep that belong to the shepherd heed or obey his **voice**. This implies that **the sheep** are identical with **his own sheep**. Alternate translation: “the sheep heed his voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 3 zxsd figs-explicit τὰ ἴδια πρόβατα φωνεῖ κατ’ ὄνομα 1 Here, **his own sheep** are designated as a separate group among **the sheep** of the previous clause. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he calls his own sheep by name out from among all the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 10 3 zxsd figs-explicit τὰ ἴδια πρόβατα φωνεῖ κατ’ ὄνομα 1 Here, **his own sheep** are designated as a separate group among **the sheep** of the previous clause. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he calls his own sheep by name out from among all the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 10 4 n1ta figs-explicit ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν πορεύεται 1 he goes ahead of them Shepherds in Jesus’ culture led their sheep by walking in front of them. If people who take care of livestock in your culture do not do this, you might need to say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he leads them to pasture by walking in front of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 10 5 z8dm grammar-collectivenouns τῶν ἀλλοτρίων τὴν φωνήν 1 Here, the word **voice** is singular in form, but it refers to all of the strangers’ voices as a group. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the voices of strangers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||||
JHN 10 6 u3nw figs-parables ταύτην τὴν παροιμίαν 1 this parable This **parable** is an illustration from the work of shepherds that uses metaphors. See the discussion of parables in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “this analogy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1375,7 +1375,7 @@ JHN 10 8 z4hb figs-metaphor τὰ πρόβατα 1 In this verse, Jesus uses **
|
|||
JHN 10 8 xa5u figs-metaphor οὐκ ἤκουσαν αὐτῶν 1 Here, **hear** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to **hear** what someone says. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “did not heed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 9 yp3g figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα 1 I am the gate Here Jesus uses the word **gate** figuratively to say that he provides access into heaven, where God dwells. See how you translated this phrase in [verse 7](../10/07.md). Alternate translation: “I am like the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 9 gda6 figs-metaphor δι’ ἐμοῦ ἐάν τις εἰσέλθῃ 1 I am the gate Here Jesus uses **enters through me** figuratively to refer to trusting in him for salvation. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “If anyone believes in me for salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 9 xl78 figs-metaphor σωθήσεται 1 I am the gate Here, **saved** refers to being **saved** from the eternal punishment in hell that all people deserve because of their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will be saved from hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 9 xl78 figs-metaphor σωθήσεται 1 I am the gate Here, **saved** refers to being **saved** from the eternal punishment in hell that all people deserve because of their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will be saved from hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 9 nmvk figs-activepassive σωθήσεται 1 I am the gate If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will save him” or “I will save him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 10 9 n70e figs-idiom εἰσελεύσεται, καὶ ἐξελεύσεται 1 I am the gate The phrase **go in and go out** is a common Old Testament idiom meaning to travel and move around freely in a safe environment. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he will move about freely” or “he will go around in a safe environment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 10 9 in9p figs-metaphor νομὴν εὑρήσει 1 pasture Jesus uses the phrase ** find pasture** figuratively to refer to having one’s needs provided for. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will find sustenance” or “will receive everything that he needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1383,9 +1383,9 @@ JHN 10 10 ymc7 figs-genericnoun ὁ κλέπτης 1 does not come if he would n
|
|||
JHN 10 10 nicf figs-metaphor ὁ κλέπτης 1 Jesus uses **thief** figuratively to refer to the Jewish leaders who were deceiving the people. See how you translated the similar use of this word in [verse 8](../10/08.md). Alternate translation: “Every leader is like a thief who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 10 h2gf figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἔρχεται εἰ μὴ ἵνα κλέψῃ 1 does not come if he would not steal If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “comes only in order that he might steal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 10 10 h56c figs-ellipsis κλέψῃ, καὶ θύσῃ, καὶ ἀπολέσῃ 1 steal and kill and destroy Here, Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he might steal and kill and destroy the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 10 10 zho7 writing-pronouns ἔχωσιν 1 Here, **they** refers to the sheep, which is a metaphor for God’s people. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sheep might have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 10 10 j2k6 figs-explicit ἵνα ζωὴν ἔχωσιν 1 so that they will have life Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that they might have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 10 10 fnu5 figs-explicit καὶ περισσὸν ἔχωσιν 1 Here, **abundantly** implies that the eternal **life** Jesus’ followers will receive has more blessings than anyone could expect. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and might have it with abundant blessings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 10 10 zho7 writing-pronouns ἔχωσιν 1 Here, **they** refers to the sheep, which is a metaphor for God’s people. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sheep might have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 10 10 j2k6 figs-explicit ἵνα ζωὴν ἔχωσιν 1 so that they will have life Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that they might have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 10 10 fnu5 figs-explicit καὶ περισσὸν ἔχωσιν 1 Here, **abundantly** implies that the eternal **life** Jesus’ followers will receive has more blessings than anyone could expect. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and might have it with abundant blessings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 10 11 x196 0 Connecting Statement: In [verses 11–18](../10/11.md), Jesus uses ideas from the parable he told in [verses 1–5](../10/01.md) to proclaim that he is the good shepherd who leads his sheep to heaven and takes care of them.
|
||||
JHN 10 11 xs4m figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός 1 I am the good shepherd Jesus uses the phrase **good shepherd** figuratively to refer to himself. Just as a **good shepherd** takes care of his **sheep**, Jesus takes care of his followers. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am like a good shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 11 llr4 figs-euphemism τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ τίθησιν 1 lays down his life Here Jesus uses **lays down his life** to refer to voluntarily dying. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “voluntarily dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1419,12 +1419,12 @@ JHN 10 18 lo79 figs-metaphor πάλιν λαβεῖν αὐτήν 1 See how you
|
|||
JHN 10 18 s13n guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 19 wft1 figs-abstractnouns σχίσμα πάλιν ἐγένετο ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **division**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “The Jews divided themselves against each other again” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
|
||||
JHN 10 19 g4rs figs-synecdoche τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders, which in this chapter and the previous chapter may have been a group of leaders among the Pharisees. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 10 19 nici figs-metonymy διὰ τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 Here, **these words** refers to what Jesus has just said to **the Jews** in the previous verses. It wasn’t the words themselves that caused division, but the meaning of what Jesus said. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of the things he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 10 19 nici figs-metonymy διὰ τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 Here, **these words** refers to what Jesus has just said to **the Jews** in the previous verses. It wasn’t the words themselves that caused division, but the meaning of what Jesus said. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of the things he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 10 20 uoce δαιμόνιον ἔχει 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [7:20](../07/20.md). Alternate translation: “A demon is inside of him!” or “He must be under the control of a demon!”
|
||||
JHN 10 20 gm3r figs-rquestion τί αὐτοῦ ἀκούετε? 1 Why do you listen to him? Jesus’ opponents are using the form of a question to emphasize that the people should not listen to Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should certainly not listen to him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 10 21 zrwb figs-metonymy ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα οὐκ ἔστιν δαιμονιζομένου 1 Here, **words** refers to what a **demon-possessed man** would say. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “These things are not what a demon-possessed man would say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 10 21 zrwb figs-metonymy ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα οὐκ ἔστιν δαιμονιζομένου 1 Here, **words** refers to what a **demon-possessed man** would say. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “These things are not what a demon-possessed man would say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 10 21 mj2b figs-rquestion μὴ δαιμόνιον δύναται τυφλῶν ὀφθαλμοὺς ἀνοῖξαι? 1 Can a demon open the eyes of the blind? The people are using the form of a question to emphasize that they do not believe that a **demon** could heal a **blind** person. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly a demon cannot cause a blind man to see!” or “Certainly a demon cannot give sight to blind people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 10 21 dcau figs-metonymy τυφλῶν ὀφθαλμοὺς ἀνοῖξαι 1 Can a demon open the eyes of the blind? Here, **open the eyes** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, **the eyes**. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to cause the blind to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 10 21 dcau figs-metonymy τυφλῶν ὀφθαλμοὺς ἀνοῖξαι 1 Can a demon open the eyes of the blind? Here, **open the eyes** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, **the eyes**. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to cause the blind to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 10 22 f9cm writing-background 0 General Information: Some Jews begin to question Jesus during **the Festival of Dedication**. This verse gives background information about the time when the events of [verses 24–39](../10/24.md) took place. The next verse gives background information about the place where those events too place. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 10 22 w25f translate-unknown τὰ ἐνκαίνια 1 Festival of Dedication The **Festival of Dedication** is an eight-day holiday that Jews celebrate in the **winter** to remember when they dedicated the Jewish temple to God after it had been defiled by the Syrians. If your readers would not be familiar with this holiday, you could use a general expression to explain it. Alternate translation: “the Jewish temple dedication festival” or “the Jewish festival for remembering the dedication of their temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
JHN 10 23 v6wn figs-synecdoche περιεπάτει ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 Jesus was walking in the temple **Jesus was walking** in the courtyard of **the temple**. See how you translated** temple** in [8:14](../08/14.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus was walking in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1437,14 +1437,14 @@ JHN 10 25 cb95 figs-explicit τὰ ἔργα 1 Here, **works** could refer to:
|
|||
JHN 10 25 e7zh figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 in the name of my Father Here, **name** could mean: (1) Jesus performed miracles by means of God’s authority. Alternate translation: “through my Father’s authority” (2) Jesus performed miracles as God’s representative. Alternate translation: “as my Father’s representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 10 25 bqz1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 25 n34x figs-personification ταῦτα μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 these testify concerning me Jesus speaks figuratively of his **works** as though they were a person who could testify and offer proof in a court of law. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “these offer proof concerning me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 10 26 als6 figs-metaphor οὐκ…ἐκ τῶν προβάτων τῶν ἐμῶν 1 not my sheep Jesus uses **sheep** figuratively to refer to people who believe in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not my followers” or “not my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 26 als6 figs-metaphor οὐκ…ἐκ τῶν προβάτων τῶν ἐμῶν 1 not my sheep Jesus uses **sheep** figuratively to refer to people who believe in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not my followers” or “not my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 27 rdw7 figs-metaphor τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἐμὰ 1 My sheep hear my voice See how you translated **My sheep** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “My followers” or “My disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 27 xakd figs-metaphor τῆς φωνῆς μου ἀκούουσιν 1 Here, **hear** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated this word in [verse 16](../10/16.md). Alternate translation: “heed my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 27 f7y8 figs-idiom ἀκολουθοῦσίν μοι 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [8:12](../08/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 10 28 bpx3 figs-metonymy οὐχ ἁρπάσει τις αὐτὰ ἐκ τῆς χειρός μου 1 no one will snatch them out of my hand Here, Jesus uses the word **hand** figuratively to refer to his protective care and **snatch** to refer to removing someone from that care. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no one will steal any of them away from me” or “they all will remain secure forever in my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 10 28 bpx3 figs-metonymy οὐχ ἁρπάσει τις αὐτὰ ἐκ τῆς χειρός μου 1 no one will snatch them out of my hand Here, Jesus uses the word **hand** figuratively to refer to his protective care and **snatch** to refer to removing someone from that care. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no one will steal any of them away from me” or “they all will remain secure forever in my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 10 29 g82a guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου ὃς δέδωκέν μοι 1 My Father, who has given them to me **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 29 k1ya figs-metonymy οὐδεὶς δύναται ἁρπάζειν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ Πατρός 1 the hand of the Father Here, Jesus uses the word **hand** figuratively to refer to God’s protective care and **snatch** to refer to removing someone from that care. See how you translated **hand** and **snatch** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “no one will steal any of them away from my Father” or “they all will remain secure forever in my Father’s care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 10 30 xok8 figs-explicit ἕν ἐσμεν 1 I and the Father are one Here, the word translated **one** means to be one entity. Although this expression implies that Jesus is God, he is not identical to God **the Father**. Therefore, **one** cannot be translated as “one person.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “are one entity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 10 30 xok8 figs-explicit ἕν ἐσμεν 1 I and the Father are one Here, the word translated **one** means to be one entity. Although this expression implies that Jesus is God, he is not identical to God **the Father**. Therefore, **one** cannot be translated as “one person.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “are one entity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 10 30 rs4j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 I and the Father are one **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 31 fl8i figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Then the Jews took up stones Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 10 31 a42t figs-explicit ἵνα λιθάσωσιν αὐτόν 1 **The Jews** opposing Jesus are outraged at what Jesus said in the previous verse. Here, John implies that they wanted to kill him with stones because he had made himself equal to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that they might stone him because he claimed to be equal with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1459,14 +1459,14 @@ JHN 10 33 h4kp ποιεῖς σεαυτὸν Θεόν 1 making yourself God Thi
|
|||
JHN 10 34 qi82 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε? 1 Is it not written … gods”’? Here Jesus uses the form of a question to add emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “It is certainly written in your law, ‘I said, “You are gods”’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 10 34 tb1l figs-activepassive οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον 1 Is it not written … gods”’? If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Did not a prophet write” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 10 34 smk1 writing-quotations οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν 1 Is it not written … gods”’? Here Jesus uses **written in your law** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 82:6](../../psa/82/06.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Has it not been written in the Psalms, part of your law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
JHN 11 3 ue08 writing-quotations ἀπέστειλαν…αἱ ἀδελφαὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν λέγουσαι 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “the sisters sent to him him, and they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
JHN 11 3 ue08 writing-quotations ἀπέστειλαν…αἱ ἀδελφαὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν λέγουσαι 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “the sisters sent to him, and they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
JHN 11 32 sn74 writing-quotations ἔπεσεν αὐτοῦ πρὸς τοὺς πόδας, λέγουσα αὐτῷ 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “she fell down at his feet and said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
JHN 10 34 rycn figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν 1 Jesus is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the **law**, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in your Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 10 34 rycn figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν 1 Jesus is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the **law**, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in your Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 10 34 b3gp figs-123person ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε 1 You are gods Jesus quotes [Psalm 82:6](../psa/82/06.md) where God calls some humans **gods**. Jesus does this in order to show that God also used the word “god” to refer to people other than himself. In the verse that Jesus quotes, the first person **I** refers to God. If this might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, said, ‘You are gods’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
JHN 10 34 h189 figs-quotesinquotes ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε 1 You are gods If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “I said that you are gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
JHN 10 35 nfly 0 Verses 35 and 36 are one sentence. In this sentence, Jesus argues by moving from a weaker reason to a stronger reason (an argument from the lesser to the greater). Based on the scripture he quoted in verse 34, Jesus argues that, since God calls humans **gods** in that verse, it is even more appropriate to call him God because he is the Son of God. You may need to change the order of the clauses in order for this idea to be clearer in your language.
|
||||
JHN 10 35 ieot grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ ἐκείνους εἶπεν θεοὺς 1 the word of God came **If** indicates a conditional sentence that extends until the end of the next verse. Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since he called them gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
JHN 10 35 gtb4 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο 1 the word of God came Here, Jesus used the term **word** figuratively to describe the message that God said by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s message came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 10 35 gtb4 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο 1 the word of God came Here, Jesus used the term **word** figuratively to describe the message that God said by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s message came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 10 35 m8ji figs-personification ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο 1 the word of God came Jesus speaks of **the word of God** figuratively as though it were a person who moved toward those who heard it. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “God spoke his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 10 35 g0kv figs-activepassive οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή 1 the scripture cannot be broken If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one can break the Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 10 35 u9j2 figs-metaphor οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή 1 the scripture cannot be broken This phrase could mean: (1) no one can prove that the Scriptures are false or contain errors. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures are not able to be proven false” (2) the authority of Scripture cannot be ignored. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures are not able to be ignored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1479,40 +1479,40 @@ JHN 10 36 bkl5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Thi
|
|||
JHN 10 37 wyd2 figs-possession τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 Here Jesus is using **of** to describe **works** that God wants him to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:4](../09/04.md). Alternate translation: “the works that my Father demands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
JHN 10 37 us7v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 38 finz grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ ποιῶ 1 believe in the works Here, Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “But since I am doing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
JHN 10 38 k2zf figs-explicit τοῖς ἔργοις πιστεύετε 1 believe in the works Here, **believe in** means to acknowledge that the **works** Jesus does are done with the authority of the Father and prove that he is God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “believe that the works I do are from God” or “believe that the works I do are done with God’s power”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 10 38 t8uf figs-idiom ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί 1 the Father is in me and that I am in the Father Here Jesus uses the word **in** to express the close personal relationship between himself and God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my Father has a close relationship with me, and I have a close relationship with my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 10 38 k2zf figs-explicit τοῖς ἔργοις πιστεύετε 1 believe in the works Here, **believe in** means to acknowledge that the **works** Jesus does are done with the authority of the Father and prove that he is God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “believe that the works I do are from God” or “believe that the works I do are done with God’s power”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 10 38 t8uf figs-idiom ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί 1 the Father is in me and that I am in the Father Here Jesus uses the word **in** to express the close personal relationship between himself and God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my Father has a close relationship with me, and I have a close relationship with my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 10 38 n8ue figs-doublet ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί 1 the Father is in me and that I am in the Father These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that the truth of what Jesus is saying. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “my Father and I are completely joined together as one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
JHN 10 39 eqh1 figs-metonymy ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῶν 1 went away out of their hand Here, John used the word **hand** figuratively to refer to the custody or possession of the Jewish leaders. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he escaped from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 10 39 eqh1 figs-metonymy ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῶν 1 went away out of their hand Here, John used the word **hand** figuratively to refer to the custody or possession of the Jewish leaders. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he escaped from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 10 40 b41s figs-explicit πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 beyond the Jordan Here,** beyond the Jordan** refers to the region of Judea that is on the east side of the **Jordan** River, which is the side opposite from Jerusalem. See how you translated this expression in [1:28](../01/28.md). Alternate translation: “on the side of the Jordan River opposite from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 10 40 t8mj figs-explicit Ἰωάννης 1 Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. See how you translated this in [1:26](../01/26.md). Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 10 40 wztl figs-explicit ἦν Ἰωάννης τὸ πρῶτον βαπτίζων 1 Here, **first** refers to the beginning of John’s ministry. It does not mean that **John** was the **first** person to baptize people in that location. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John was baptizing during the first days of his ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 10 40 wztl figs-explicit ἦν Ἰωάννης τὸ πρῶτον βαπτίζων 1 Here, **first** refers to the beginning of John’s ministry. It does not mean that **John** was the **first** person to baptize people in that location. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John was baptizing during the first days of his ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 10 40 f5dx figs-explicit ἔμεινεν ἐκεῖ 1 he stayed there Jesus remained on the east side of **Jordan** for a short period of time. If your language requires a length of time for **stay**, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “Jesus stayed there for several days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 10 41 yfin σημεῖον 1 See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracle”
|
||||
JHN 10 41 gd31 writing-pronouns τούτου 1 Here, **this one** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this man, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 11 intro tks5 0 # John 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus returns to Judea (11:1–16)<br>2. Jesus’ seventh sign: Jesus makes Lazarus become alive again (11:17–46)<br>3. The Jewish leaders plan to kill Jesus (11:47–57)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ancient Jewish burial customs<br><br>According to the burial customs of that time, a dead person’s family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. According to Jewish tradition, the body was left to decompose in the tomb for one-year. Then the family would place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 38–44](../11/38.md).<br><br>### Passover<br><br>After Jesus made Lazarus become alive again, the Jewish leaders were determined to kill Jesus, so he started traveling secretly from place to place. The Pharisees knew that he would come to Jerusalem for the Passover festival because God had commanded all Jewish men to celebrate the Passover in Jerusalem. Thus they planned to catch him and kill him during Passover ([11:55–57](../11/55.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “Walks in the daytime” and “walks at night”<br><br>In [verses 9–10](../11/09.md) of this chapter, Jesus uses the idea of a person working in the light of day and stumbling in the darkness of night as a metaphor for his ministry on the earth. The “daytime” refers to the length of time that Jesus would do God’s work on the earth. The “night” refers to the end of his earthly ministry. This ministry would end when he “stumbled,” which refers to his death. Jesus uses this metaphor to comfort his disciples when worry they about him going to Judea ([11:8](../11/08.md)). He reassures them that, just as the daylight has a set length of time, so does his earthly ministry, and nothing can shorten that time.<br><br>### “One man dies for the people”<br><br>In the law of Moses God commanded the priests to kill animals so that God would forgive the people’s sins. In this chapter, the high priest Caiaphas says, “It is better for you that one man dies for the people than that the whole nation perishes” ([11:50](../11/50.md)). He said this because he loved his “place” and “nation” ([11:48](../11/48.md)) more than he loved the God who had made Lazarus become alive again. He wanted Jesus to die so that the Romans would not destroy the temple and Jerusalem. However, God wanted Jesus to die so that he could forgive all of his people’s sins.<br><br>### “The Jews”<br><br>This term is used in three different ways in this chapter. Unlike in other parts of John’s Gospel, it is used here primarily to refer to the Jewish people who were living in Judea, especially Judean friends and relatives of Lazarus. Some of these Judeans believed in Jesus and others opposed him ([11:36–37](../11/36.md)). The term is also used specifically at least once in this chapter to refer to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and were trying to kill him ([11:8](../11/08.md) and possibly [11:54](../11/54.md)). Finally, the term is used in [11:55](../11/55.md) to refer to the Jewish people in general. The translator may wish to use the terms “Judeans,” “Jewish authorities,” and “Jewish people” to clarify these distinctions.<br><br>### Hypothetical situation<br><br>When Martha and Mary said, “If you had been here, my brother would not have died,” they were speaking of a situation that could have happened but did not happen ([11:21](../11/21.md), [32](../11/32.md)). Jesus had not come, and their brother had died.
|
||||
JHN 11 intro tks5 0 # John 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus returns to Judea (11:1–16)\n2. Jesus’ seventh sign: Jesus makes Lazarus become alive again (11:17–46)\n3. The Jewish leaders plan to kill Jesus (11:47–57)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Ancient Jewish burial customs\n\nAccording to the burial customs of that time, a dead person’s family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. According to Jewish tradition, the body was left to decompose in the tomb for one year. Then the family would place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 38–44](../11/38.md).\n\n### Passover\n\nAfter Jesus made Lazarus become alive again, the Jewish leaders were determined to kill Jesus, so he started traveling secretly from place to place. The Pharisees knew that he would come to Jerusalem for the Passover festival because God had commanded all Jewish men to celebrate the Passover in Jerusalem. Thus they planned to catch him and kill him during Passover ([11:55–57](../11/55.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### “Walks in the daytime” and “walks at night”\n\nIn [verses 9–10](../11/09.md) of this chapter, Jesus uses the idea of a person working in the light of day and stumbling in the darkness of night as a metaphor for his ministry on the earth. The “daytime” refers to the length of time that Jesus would do God’s work on the earth. The “night” refers to the end of his earthly ministry. This ministry would end when he “stumbled,” which refers to his death. Jesus uses this metaphor to comfort his disciples when they worry about him going to Judea ([11:8](../11/08.md)). He reassures them that, just as the daylight has a set length of time, so does his earthly ministry, and nothing can shorten that time.\n\n### “One man dies for the people”\n\nIn the law of Moses, God commanded the priests to kill animals so that God would forgive the people’s sins. In this chapter, the high priest Caiaphas says, “It is better for you that one man dies for the people than that the whole nation perishes” ([11:50](../11/50.md)). He said this because he loved his “place” and “nation” ([11:48](../11/48.md)) more than he loved the God who had made Lazarus become alive again. He wanted Jesus to die so that the Romans would not destroy the temple and Jerusalem. However, God wanted Jesus to die so that he could forgive all of his people’s sins.\n\n### “The Jews”\n\nThis term is used in three different ways in this chapter. Unlike in other parts of John’s Gospel, it is used here primarily to refer to the Jewish people who were living in Judea, especially Judean friends and relatives of Lazarus. Some of these Judeans believed in Jesus and others opposed him ([11:36–37](../11/36.md)). The term is also used specifically at least once in this chapter to refer to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and were trying to kill him ([11:8](../11/08.md) and possibly [11:54](../11/54.md)). Finally, the term is used in [11:55](../11/55.md) to refer to the Jewish people in general. The translator may wish to use the terms “Judeans,” “Jewish authorities,” and “Jewish people” to clarify these distinctions.\n\n### Hypothetical situation\n\nWhen Martha and Mary said, “If you had been here, my brother would not have died,” they were speaking of a situation that could have happened but did not happen ([11:21](../11/21.md), [32](../11/32.md)). Jesus had not come, and their brother did die.
|
||||
JHN 11 1 fsf7 writing-background 0 General Information: [Verses 1–2](../11/01.md) provide background information about **Lazarus** and his sisters. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 11 1 s5im writing-participants ἦν δέ τις ἀσθενῶν Λάζαρος ἀπὸ Βηθανίας 1 This verse introduces **Lazarus** as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “There was a man named Lazarus, who was from Bethany and was sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
JHN 11 1 p19k translate-kinship Μάρθας τῆς ἀδελφῆς αὐτῆς 1 Because those who wrote Scripture usually list the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [verse 5](../11/05.md) suggests that **Martha** was the oldest and **Lazarus** was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **sister** depending on birth order, use the word for an older **sister** here. Alternate translation: “her older sister Martha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
|
||||
JHN 11 2 c6r9 figs-events ἦν δὲ Μαρία ἡ ἀλείψασα τὸν Κύριον μύρῳ, καὶ ἐκμάξασα τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ ταῖς θριξὶν αὐτῆς 1 It was Mary who anointed the Lord … her hair Here, John refers to an event that what would happen at a time after the events recorded in this chapter ([12:1–8](../12/01.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could translate this as a future event. Alternate translation: “Now it was Mary who would later anoint the Lord with myrrh and wipe his feet with her hair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
JHN 11 2 xlio translate-kinship ὁ ἀδελφὸς Λάζαρος 1 Because those who wrote Scripture usually list the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [verse 5](../11/05.md) suggests that Martha was the oldest and **Lazarus** was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **brother** depending on birth order, use the word for a younger **brother** here. Alternate translation: “younger brother Lazarus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
|
||||
JHN 11 1 p19k translate-kinship Μάρθας τῆς ἀδελφῆς αὐτῆς 1 Because those who wrote scripture usually listed the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [verse 5](../11/05.md) suggests that **Martha** was the oldest and **Lazarus** was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **sister** depending on birth order, use the word for an older **sister** here. Alternate translation: “her older sister Martha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
|
||||
JHN 11 2 c6r9 figs-events ἦν δὲ Μαρία ἡ ἀλείψασα τὸν Κύριον μύρῳ, καὶ ἐκμάξασα τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ ταῖς θριξὶν αὐτῆς 1 It was Mary who anointed the Lord … her hair Here, John refers to an event that would happen at a time following the events recorded in this chapter ([12:1–8](../12/01.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could translate this as a future event. Alternate translation: “Now it was Mary who would later anoint the Lord with myrrh and wipe his feet with her hair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
JHN 11 2 xlio translate-kinship ὁ ἀδελφὸς Λάζαρος 1 Because those who wrote scripture usually listed the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [verse 5](../11/05.md) suggests that Martha was the oldest and **Lazarus** was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **brother** depending on birth order, use the word for a younger **brother** here. Alternate translation: “younger brother Lazarus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
|
||||
JHN 11 3 i2ar figs-ellipsis ἀπέστειλαν…πρὸς αὐτὸν 1 sent for Jesus Here, John is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “sent messengers to him” or “sent a message to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 11 3 g1im figs-declarative Κύριε, ἴδε, ὃν φιλεῖς ἀσθενεῖ 1 Here, the **sisters** are using a present statement to make a request indirectly. They tell Jesus that Lazarus is **sick** because they want Jesus to come and heal him. If this use of a statement is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “Sir, behold, he whom you love is sick and needs your help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
JHN 11 3 czm1 figs-metaphor ἴδε 1 Here, **behold** means to take notice of something or pay attention to something. It is used here to emphasize the urgency of the words that follow. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “take notice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 11 4 nk3g grammar-connect-logic-result οὐκ ἔστιν πρὸς θάνατον 1 This sickness is not to death Here, **not to** indicates that what follows is not the result of the **sickness**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This sickness will not result in death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JHN 11 3 g1im figs-declarative Κύριε, ἴδε, ὃν φιλεῖς ἀσθενεῖ 1 Here, the **sisters** are using a present statement to make a request indirectly. They tell Jesus that Lazarus is **sick**, because they want Jesus to come and heal him. If this use of a statement is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “Sir, behold, he whom you love is sick and needs your help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
JHN 11 3 czm1 figs-metaphor ἴδε 1 Here, **behold** means to take notice of something or pay attention to something. It is used here to emphasize the urgency of the words that follow. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “take notice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 11 4 nk3g grammar-connect-logic-result οὐκ ἔστιν πρὸς θάνατον 1 This sickness is not to death Here, **not to** indicates that what follows is not the result of the **sickness**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This sickness will not result in death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JHN 11 4 q343 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἀλλ’ ὑπὲρ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus is stating the purpose for Lazarus’s **sickness**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “but for the purpose of glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
JHN 11 4 wln1 figs-abstractnouns ὑπὲρ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in order to glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JHN 11 4 y9vx grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ αὐτῆς 1 Jesus is stating the second purpose for Lazarus’s **sickness**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a second purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “and for the purpose of glorifying the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
JHN 11 4 asqb figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God Jesus is referring to himself in third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person form, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
JHN 11 4 ad99 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 11 5 j6r4 writing-background 0 In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about Jesus relationship with **Lazarus** and his sisters. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 11 5 w6tg translate-kinship τὴν ἀδελφὴν 1 Now Jesus loved Martha and her sister and Lazarus Because those who wrote Scripture usually list the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [verse 5](../11/05.md) suggests that Martha was the oldest and Lazarus was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **sister** depending on birth order, use the word for a younger **sister** here. Alternate translation: “younger sister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
|
||||
JHN 11 4 ad99 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 11 5 j6r4 writing-background 0 In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about Jesus' relationship with **Lazarus** and his sisters. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 11 5 w6tg translate-kinship τὴν ἀδελφὴν 1 Now Jesus loved Martha and her sister and Lazarus Because those who wrote scripture usually listed the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [verse 5](../11/05.md) suggests that Martha was the oldest and Lazarus was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **sister** depending on birth order, use the word for a younger **sister** here. Alternate translation: “younger sister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
|
||||
JHN 11 6 vx3p grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** connects this verse to the previous verse in order to indicate that Jesus delayed going to Lazarus because he loved him and his sisters. Jesus’ delay is not in contrast to his love for them. Although Lazarus’s family would suffer for a short time, they would experience a great blessing when Jesus brought Lazarus back to life. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus loved them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JHN 11 7 zq1l figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 11 8 p4x9 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md) and the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 11 8 y4jm figs-rquestion πάλιν ὑπάγεις ἐκεῖ? 1 Rabbi, right now the Jews are trying to stone you, and you are going back there again? Here the disciples use the form of a question to emphasize that they do not want Jesus to go to Jerusalem. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you surely should not go back there again!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 11 9 uv34 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ δώδεκα ὧραί εἰσιν τῆς ἡμέρας? 1 Are there not twelve hours of light in a day? Jesus is using the form of a question for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There are surely 12 hours in the day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 11 9 ln4r figs-metaphor ἐάν τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, οὐ προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου τούτου βλέπει 1 If someone walks in the daytime, he will not stumble, because he sees by the light of this world Here Jesus uses the idea of **someone** walking in the daylight figuratively to refer himself doing what God wants him to do while he is still on the earth. In this metaphor, Jesus uses **the light of this world** figuratively to refer to himself, who has previously called himself “the Light of the World” in [8:12](../08/12.md) and [9:5](../09/05.md). He also uses **stumble** figuratively to refer to death. The statement in this verse has a similar meaning to Jesus’ statement in [9:4](../09/04.md). Jesus does not want his disciples to worry about him going to Judea because he will be safe as long God wants him to remain on the earth. If this metaphor would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. See the discussion of this passage in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “Just as someone who walks in the daytime does not stumble because they can see in the light, so you do not need to worry about me while I, the Light of the World, am still with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 11 10 vm6h figs-exmetaphor ἐὰν δέ τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ νυκτί, προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ 1 if he walks at night In this verse Jesus continues the metaphor of a person walking outside. Jesus uses the idea of **someone** walking **at night** figuratively to refer to the time when his earthly ministry would be complete and he would die and leave the earth. Jesus uses **night** figuratively to refer to the time when his ministry on earth would end. He uses **stumble** figuratively to refer to his death, and uses **light** figuratively to refer to his life. If this metaphor would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. See the discussion of this passage in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “But just as someone who walks at night stumbles because there is no light, so I will die when it is time for me, the Light of the World, to leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 11 9 ln4r figs-metaphor ἐάν τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, οὐ προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου τούτου βλέπει 1 If someone walks in the daytime, he will not stumble, because he sees by the light of this world Here Jesus uses the idea of **someone** walking in the daylight figuratively to refer to himself doing what God wants him to do while he is still on the earth. In this metaphor, Jesus uses **the light of this world** figuratively to refer to himself, who has previously called himself “the Light of the World” in [8:12](../08/12.md) and [9:5](../09/05.md). He also uses **stumble** figuratively to refer to death. The statement in this verse has a similar meaning to Jesus’ statement in [9:4](../09/04.md). Jesus does not want his disciples to worry about him going to Judea because he will be safe as long God wants him to remain on the earth. If this metaphor would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. See the discussion of this passage in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “Just as someone who walks in the daytime does not stumble because they can see in the light, so you do not need to worry about me while I, the Light of the World, am still with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 11 10 vm6h figs-exmetaphor ἐὰν δέ τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ νυκτί, προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ 1 if he walks at night In this verse Jesus continues the metaphor of a person walking outside. Jesus uses the idea of **someone** walking **at night** figuratively to refer to the time when his earthly ministry would be complete, and he would die and leave the earth. Jesus uses **night** figuratively to refer to the time when his ministry on earth would end. He uses **stumble** figuratively to refer to his death, and uses **light** figuratively to refer to his life. If this metaphor would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. See the discussion of this passage in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “But just as someone who walks at night stumbles because there is no light, so I will die when it is time for me, the Light of the World, to leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 11 11 fan2 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 11 11 bev5 figs-euphemism Λάζαρος ὁ φίλος ἡμῶν κεκοίμηται 1 Our friend Lazarus has fallen asleep Jesus uses **fallen asleep** to refer to being dead. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. Since Jesus explains the meaning in [verse 14](../11/14.md), you do not need to explain it here. However, If you have an idiom for this idea in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
JHN 11 11 ze1z figs-idiom ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξυπνίσω αὐτόν 1 but I am going so that I may wake him out of sleep Here, **wake him out of sleep** refers to Jesus’ plan to cause Lazarus to become alive again. If you have an idiom for this idea in your language, you may use it here. Since the disciples do not understand what Jesus is saying here, do not translate this in a non-figurative way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1523,60 +1523,60 @@ JHN 11 13 leg3 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense
|
|||
JHN 11 13 pf8u figs-possession τῆς κοιμήσεως τοῦ ὕπνου 1 John is using **of** to describe **sleep** that is **slumber**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “sleep that is actually sleep” or “natural sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
JHN 11 14 azy3 τότε…εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς παρρησίᾳ 1 Then Jesus said to them plainly Here, **plainly** means to say something clearly without using and metaphors or others figures of speech. Because the disciples did not understand the metaphor Jesus told them in [verse 11](../11/11.md), he told them the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Jesus then said to them in words that they could understand”
|
||||
JHN 11 15 c4wj δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 for your sakes Alternate translation: “for your benefit” or “for your good”
|
||||
JHN 11 15 ar2j figs-ellipsis ἵνα πιστεύσητε 1 Here, Jesus is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. You may also need to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “I allowed this to happen so that you may believe in me” or “I let Lazarus die so that you may believe that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 11 15 ar2j figs-ellipsis ἵνα πιστεύσητε 1 Here, Jesus is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. You may also need to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “ for I allowed this to happen so that you may believe in me” or “for I let Lazarus die so that you may believe that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 11 1 b2r5 translate-names Λάζαρος 1 **Lazarus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 11 1 eglj translate-names Βηθανίας 1 See how you translated this name in [1:28](../01/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 11 1 eglj translate-names Βηθανίας 1 See how you translated **Bethany** in [1:28](../01/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 11 1 xoy8 translate-names Μαρίας…Μάρθας 1 **Mary** and **Martha** are the names of two women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 11 16 e043 translate-names Θωμᾶς 1 **Thomas** is the name of a man, one of Jesus’ disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 11 16 dzc3 figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος 1 who was called Didymus If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom some people called Didymus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 11 16 ymy6 translate-names Δίδυμος 1 Didymus This is the name of a man. It is a Greek word that means “twin” and is Thomas’ other name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 11 17 we1k figs-activepassive ὁ Ἰησοῦς εὗρεν αὐτὸν, τέσσαρας ἤδη ἡμέρας ἔχοντα ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ 1 he found that Lazarus had already been in the tomb for four days If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus found him; people had put him in the tomb four days before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 11 16 ymy6 translate-names Δίδυμος 1 Didymus **Didymus** is the name of a man. It is a Greek word that means “twin” and is Thomas’ other name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 11 17 we1k figs-activepassive ὁ Ἰησοῦς εὗρεν αὐτὸν, τέσσαρας ἤδη ἡμέρας ἔχοντα ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ 1 he found that Lazarus had already been in the tomb for four days If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus found him; people had put his body in the tomb four days earlier” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 11 18 icrj writing-background ἦν δὲ ἡ Βηθανία ἐγγὺς τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων, ὡς ἀπὸ σταδίων δεκαπέντε 1 fifteen stadia away This verse gives background information about the place where this event took place. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This event took place in Bethany, which was near Jerusalem and was about 15 stadia away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 11 18 d35v translate-bdistance ἀπὸ σταδίων δεκαπέντε 1 fifteen stadia away The word **stadia** is the plural of “stadium,” which is a Roman measurement of distance equivalent to about 185 meters or a little over 600 feet. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. Alternate translation: “about two miles away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
JHN 11 19 pxw3 writing-background 0 This verse gives background information about the people who were present when this event took place. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 11 19 ctr6 figs-explicit τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 about their brother Here, **the Jews** refers to people living in Judea, particularly the Jewish friends of Lazarus’ family. It does not refer to the Jewish leaders or those Jews who opposed Jesus. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 19 ctr6 figs-explicit τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 about their brother Here, **the Jews** refers to people living in Judea, particularly the Jewish friends of Lazarus’ family. It does not refer to the Jewish leaders or those Jews who opposed Jesus. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 19 m26v translate-kinship τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ 1 about their brother See how you translated **brother** in [verse 2](../11/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
|
||||
JHN 11 20 k7dy figs-quotations ἤκουσεν ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἔρχεται 1 about their brother If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this statement as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “she heard that Jesus was coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
JHN 11 21 ef5h grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ ἦς ὧδε, οὐκ ἂν ἀπέθανεν ὁ ἀδελφός μου 1 my brother would not have died **Martha** is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but she knows that the condition is not true. **Jesus** had not been there and her **brother** had **died**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “if you had been here, but you were not, my brother would not have died, but he did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
|
||||
JHN 11 21 g9xt translate-kinship ὁ ἀδελφός 1 my brother would not have died See how you translated **brother** in [verse 2](../11/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
|
||||
JHN 11 23 c1rc figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 11 23 j8p2 figs-idiom ἀναστήσεται ὁ ἀδελφός σου 1 Your brother will rise again Here, **rise again** is an idiom that refers to a died person becoming alive **again**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your brother will become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 11 23 j8p2 figs-idiom ἀναστήσεται ὁ ἀδελφός σου 1 Your brother will rise again Here, **rise again** is an idiom that refers to a died person becoming alive **again**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your brother will become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 11 23 hf5m translate-kinship ὁ ἀδελφός 1 Your brother will rise again See how you translated **brother** in [verse 2](../11/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
|
||||
JHN 11 24 f0qy figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 he will rise again Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 11 24 z7el figs-idiom ἀναστήσεται 1 he will rise again See how you translated **rise again** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 11 24 bco7 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει 1 he will rise again If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when God resurrects people” or “when God brings people back from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JHN 11 24 lxqk figs-explicit ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the day when God judges everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 25 ky99 figs-explicit ἡ ἀνάστασις 1 Here, **Jesus** calls himself **the resurrection** in order to say that he is the one who causes dead people to come back to life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who resurrects dead people” or “the one who brings dead people back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 25 o9qv figs-explicit ἡ ζωή 1 Here, **Jesus** calls himself **the life** in order to say that he is the one who gives people eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who makes people live forever” or “the one who causes people to live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 25 chs2 figs-explicit κἂν ἀποθάνῃ 1 even if he dies Here, **dies** refers to physical death. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “even if his body dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 25 ef7a figs-explicit ζήσεται 1 will live Here, **live** refers to having eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 26 a6gs figs-explicit πᾶς ὁ ζῶν 1 whoever lives and believes in me will never die Here, **living** refers to having eternal life, as “live” does in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone who has eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 24 lxqk figs-explicit ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the day when God judges everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 25 ky99 figs-explicit ἡ ἀνάστασις 1 Here, **Jesus** calls himself **the resurrection** in order to say that he is the one who causes dead people to come back to life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who resurrects dead people” or “the one who brings dead people back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 25 o9qv figs-explicit ἡ ζωή 1 Here, **Jesus** calls himself **the life** in order to say that he is the one who gives people eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who makes people live forever” or “the one who causes people to live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 25 chs2 figs-explicit κἂν ἀποθάνῃ 1 even if he dies Here, **dies** refers to physical death. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “even if his body dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 25 ef7a figs-explicit ζήσεται 1 will live Here, **live** refers to having eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 26 a6gs figs-explicit πᾶς ὁ ζῶν 1 whoever lives and believes in me will never die Here, **living** refers to having eternal life, as “live” does in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone who has eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 26 fue3 figs-explicit οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 will never die Here, **die** refers to spiritual death, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **die**, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated a similar phrase in [6:50](../06/50.md). Alternate translation: “may certainly not not die spiritually into eternity” or “may certainly not experience spiritual death into eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 26 js8v figs-litotes οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 will never die Jesus is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “may certainly live into eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
JHN 11 27 mk4e figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 She said to him Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 11 27 y83q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 11 27 y83q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 11 27 au1i figs-explicit ὁ εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐρχόμενος 1 This phrase refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send **into the world** a prophet like Moses, which is recorded in [Deuteronomy 18:15](../deu/18/15.md). If your readers will not be familiar with this Old Testament reference, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “whom God said he would send into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 28 yd61 translate-kinship τὴν ἀδελφὴν 1 she went away and called her sister Mary See how you translated **sister** in [verse 5](../11/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
|
||||
JHN 11 28 zs2t figs-explicit διδάσκαλος 1 Teacher Here, **Teacher** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Teacher Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 28 zs2t figs-explicit διδάσκαλος 1 Teacher Here, **Teacher** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Teacher, Jesus,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 30 k5hy writing-background οὔπω δὲ ἐληλύθει ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν κώμην 1 Now Jesus had not yet come into the village Here John provides a brief break in the story to give background information regarding the location of Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “At that time Jesus had not yet come into the village” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 11 31 zpe9 οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι 1 See how you translated this phrase in [verse 19](../11/19.md).
|
||||
JHN 11 31 zpe9 οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι 1 See how you translated **the Jews** in [verse 19](../11/19.md).
|
||||
JHN 11 31 q0iv figs-distinguish οἱ ὄντες μετ’ αὐτῆς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ καὶ παραμυθούμενοι αὐτήν 1 This phrase is making a distinction between **the Jews** who were **comforting** **Mary** in her **house** and those who were not doing so. It is not giving us further information about **the Jews**. If this might confuse your readers, you could make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “the Jews, that is, those Jews who were with her in the house and comforting her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
JHN 11 32 zmp7 figs-explicit ἔπεσεν αὐτοῦ πρὸς τοὺς πόδας 1 fell down at his feet Here, **fell down** means that Mary voluntarily threw herself down on the ground in front of Jesus to show the respect that she had for him. The phrase does not mean that **Mary** involuntarily **fell down**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “she prostrated herself at his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 32 zmp7 figs-explicit ἔπεσεν αὐτοῦ πρὸς τοὺς πόδας 1 fell down at his feet Here, **fell down** means that Mary voluntarily threw herself down on the ground in front of Jesus to show the respect that she had for him. The phrase does not mean that **Mary** involuntarily **fell down**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “she prostrated herself at his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 32 j2wr Κύριε, εἰ ἦς ὧδε, οὐκ ἄν μου ἀπέθανεν ὁ ἀδελφός 1 my brother would not have died See how you translated this sentence in [11:21](../11/21.md).
|
||||
JHN 11 33 ct82 τοὺς…Ἰουδαίους 1 See how you translated this phrase in [verse 19](../11/19.md).
|
||||
JHN 11 33 ct82 τοὺς…Ἰουδαίους 1 See how you translated **the Jews** in [verse 19](../11/19.md).
|
||||
JHN 11 33 qef6 figs-doublet ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πνεύματι καὶ ἐτάραξεν ἑαυτόν 1 he was deeply moved in his spirit and was troubled These two phrases mean basically the same thing. John combines these phrases to express the intense emotional distress that Jesus was feeling. Alternate translation: “he was very upset” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
JHN 11 33 s5uz figs-explicit ἐνεβριμήσατο 1 he was deeply moved in his spirit and was troubled The word translated **deeply disturbed** could mean: (1) Jesus was experiencing very intense negative emotions, in which case the meaning would be similar to **troubled**. Alternate translation: “he was deeply moved” (2) Jesus was angry or indignant, which is what the word means in other books in the Bible. Alternate translation: “he was outraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 33 w7f8 figs-explicit ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πνεύματι 1 he was deeply moved in his spirit and was troubled Here, **spirit** refers to Jesus’ **spirit**. It does not refer to the Holy Spirit. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he was deeply disturbed within himself” or “he was deeply disturbed inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 33 w7f8 figs-explicit ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πνεύματι 1 he was deeply moved in his spirit and was troubled Here, **spirit** refers to Jesus’ **spirit**. It does not refer to the Holy Spirit. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he was deeply disturbed within himself” or “he was deeply disturbed inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 34 xl9p figs-euphemism ποῦ τεθείκατε αὐτόν 1 Where have you laid him Jesus is referring to putting Lazarus’ dead body in a tomb as laying him down. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant and accurately describes the Jewish burial practice of laying a dead body on a table inside the tomb. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “Where have you entombed him?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
JHN 11 35 bj6b figs-explicit ἐδάκρυσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus wept The word translated **wept** is different than the word used to describe the weeping of Mary and the Jews with her in [verses 31–33](../11/31.md). The word here just means to shed tears. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus cried” or “Jesus shed tears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 36 b6ee οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 loved See how you translated this phrase in [verse 19](../11/19.md).
|
||||
JHN 11 35 bj6b figs-explicit ἐδάκρυσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus wept The word translated **wept** is different from the word used to describe the weeping of Mary and the Jews with her in [verses 31–33](../11/31.md). The word here just means to shed tears. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus cried” or “Jesus shed tears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 36 b6ee οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 loved See how you translated **the Jews** in [verse 19](../11/19.md).
|
||||
JHN 11 37 b3at figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐδύνατο οὗτος, ὁ ἀνοίξας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ τυφλοῦ, ποιῆσαι ἵνα καὶ οὗτος μὴ ἀποθάνῃ? 1 Could not this man, who opened the eyes of a blind man, also have made this man not die? Some of the Jews use the form of a question to express their surprise that Jesus did not heal Lazarus. This could mean: (1) they believed that Jesus loved Lazarus, but doubted his ability to heal him. “He opened the eyes of the blind man, but he was not able to keep this man from dying.” (2) they thought that Jesus did not really love Lazarus because he healed the blind man but not him. Alternate translation: “He could open the eyes of the blind man. So if he really loved this man, he surely would have healed him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 11 37 a76u figs-metonymy ὁ ἀνοίξας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ τυφλοῦ 1 opened the eyes See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “who caused the blind man to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 11 38 e72n ἐμβριμώμενος ἐν ἑαυτῷ 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 33](../11/33.md).
|
||||
JHN 11 38 xu7k writing-background ἦν δὲ σπήλαιον, καὶ λίθος ἐπέκειτο ἐπ’ αὐτῷ 1 Now it was a cave, and a stone lay against it John provides a brief break in the story to describe the tomb where the people had entombed Lazarus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “The place Lazarus was entombed was a cave that had a stone laying against it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 11 39 hevw figs-pastforfuture λέγει…λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 11 39 l2pd translate-kinship ἡ ἀδελφὴ 1 Martha, the sister of Lazarus **Martha** was Lazarus’ oldest **sister**. If your language uses different words for **sister** depending on birth order, use the word for a older or oldest **sister** here. Alternate translation: “the oldest sister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
|
||||
JHN 11 39 lt1d figs-explicit τεταρταῖος γάρ ἐστιν 1 This means that it has been **four days** since Lazarus **died**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for he has been dead for four days” or “for it has been four days since he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 39 lt1d figs-explicit τεταρταῖος γάρ ἐστιν 1 This means that it has been **four days** since Lazarus **died**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for he has been dead for four days” or “for it has been four days since he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 40 c082 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 11 40 q5mw figs-rquestion οὐκ εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι ἐὰν πιστεύσῃς, ὄψῃ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ? 1 Did I not say to you that, if you believed, you would see the glory of God? Jesus is using the form of a question to emphasize that God is about to do something wonderful. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I certainly said to you that, if you believe, you would see the glory of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 11 40 mpl5 figs-ellipsis ἐὰν πιστεύσῃς 1 Here, Jesus is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “if you believe in me” or “if you believe that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1592,11 +1592,11 @@ JHN 11 45 rlf4 0 General Information: [Verses 45–54] explain what happened a
|
|||
JHN 11 45 ksi3 τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 See how you translated this phrase in [verse 19](../11/19.md).
|
||||
JHN 11 47 yl3k figs-explicit Συνέδριον 1 The **Sanhedrin** is the name of the highest ruling council of the Jews. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Sanhedrin, their ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 47 y70t translate-names Συνέδριον 1 **Sanhedrin** is the name of a governing body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 11 47 z5e9 figs-explicit τί ποιοῦμεν 1 What will we do? It is implied here that the council members are talking about Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “What are we going to do about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 47 z5e9 figs-explicit τί ποιοῦμεν 1 What will we do? It is implied here that the council members are talking about Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “What are we going to do about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 47 q01y figs-explicit οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 Here, the Jewish leaders say **this man** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 47 ha2e σημεῖα 1 See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
|
||||
JHN 11 47 ha2e σημεῖα 1 See how you translated **signs** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
|
||||
JHN 11 48 kq4z figs-explicit πάντες πιστεύσουσιν εἰς αὐτὸν 1 all will believe in him The Jewish leaders were afraid that the people would try to make Jesus their king and rebel against the Roman government. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone will believe in him, make him king, and revolt against the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 48 hr3p figs-synecdoche ἐλεύσονται οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι 1 the Romans will come The Jewish leaders use **the Romans** figuratively to refer to the Roman army. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Roman soldiers will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 11 48 hr3p figs-synecdoche ἐλεύσονται οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι 1 the Romans will come The Jewish leaders use **the Romans** figuratively to refer to the Roman army. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Roman soldiers will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 11 48 ah4r figs-explicit καὶ ἀροῦσιν ἡμῶν καὶ τὸν τόπον 1 take away both our place and our nation Here, **place** could mean: (1) the Jewish temple, as in the UST. (2) the city of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “and will take away both our city, Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 48 zy0k figs-explicit τὸ ἔθνος 1 Here, **nation** refers to all of the Jewish people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jewish nation” or “the people of our nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 49 efq8 writing-participants εἷς…τις ἐξ αὐτῶν, Καϊάφας 1 a certain man among them This phrase introduces **Caiaphas** as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “there was a man among them named Caiaphas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1605,33 +1605,33 @@ JHN 11 50 fvry figs-explicit καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ ἔθνος ἀπόλ
|
|||
JHN 11 50 zh9n figs-synecdoche καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ ἔθνος ἀπόληται 1 than that the whole nation perishes Here, **nation** refers to all of the Jewish people. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “and all the people of our nation would not perish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 11 51 qww5 writing-background 0 General Information: In [verses 51–52](../11/51.md) John interrupts the story to explain that Caiaphas was prophesying even though he did not realize it at the time. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 11 51 kw41 figs-explicit ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 Here, **from himself** could mean: (1) Caiaphas was speaking something he had thought of himself. Alternate translation: “on his own initiative” (2) Caiaphas was speaking from his own authority, which is how the phrase is used in [5:19](../05/19.md). Alternate translation: “on his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 51 mw4e grammar-connect-logic-result ἀλλὰ ἀρχιερεὺς ὢν τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ἐκείνου 1 This clause indicates the reason why Caiaphas **prophesied** a true prophecy from God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he was high priest that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JHN 11 51 mw4e grammar-connect-logic-result ἀλλὰ ἀρχιερεὺς ὢν τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ἐκείνου 1 This clause indicates the reason why Caiaphas **prophesied** a true prophecy from God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he was high priest that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JHN 11 51 eh17 figs-synecdoche ἀποθνῄσκειν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἔθνους 1 die for the nation See how you translated **nation** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 11 52 gee2 figs-synecdoche τοῦ ἔθνους 1 See how you translated **nation** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 11 52 mle1 figs-metaphor τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 children of God Here John uses the word **children** figuratively to express the relationship between God and those who trust Jesus for salvation. That relationship is like the relationship between **children** and their father. See the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes to chapter 1. Since this is an important metaphor in the Bible, you should keep it in your translation. However, you can use a simile if it might confuse your readers. Alternate translation: “those who are like God’s children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 11 52 tpe1 figs-activepassive ἵνα καὶ τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ, τὰ διεσκορπισμένα συναγάγῃ εἰς ἕν 1 If your language does not use the passive voice, you could express the ideas of these two passive phrases in active forms or in another way that is natural in your language. You may need to change the sentence structure in order to do this. Alternate translation: “so that also Jesus would gather together into one the children of God who have scattered themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 11 52 d85p figs-ellipsis συναγάγῃ εἰς ἕν 1 would be gathered together into one Here, John is leaving out a word that some languages would need in order for the sentence to be complete. The word **people** is implied by the context. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “would be gathered into one people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 11 53 xyda grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 would be gathered together into one John is telling his readers what the Jewish leaders did as a result of what Caiaphas said in [verses 49–50](../11/49.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Consequently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JHN 11 53 xyda grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 would be gathered together into one John is telling his readers what the Jewish leaders did as a result of what Caiaphas said in [verses 49–50](../11/49.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Consequently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JHN 11 53 psay ἐβουλεύσαντο 1 The word translated **plotted** could mean: (1) the Jewish leaders made plans together for how to kill Jesus. Alternate translation: “they schemed” (2) the Jewish leaders were determined to kill Jesus. Alternate translation: “they resolved”
|
||||
JHN 11 54 bnd8 figs-synecdoche παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 walk openly among the Jews Here, **the Jews** does not refer to the Jewish people in general. It could refer to: (1) the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “among the Jewish authorities” (2) the people living in Judea. Alternate translation: “among the Judeans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 11 54 s9km figs-metaphor παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 Here John uses **walked openly** figuratively to mean “walked around where everyone could see him.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “walked around where all the Jews could see him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 11 54 s9km figs-metaphor παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 Here John uses **walked openly** figuratively to mean “walked around where everyone could see him.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “walked around where all the Jews could see him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 11 54 cg66 τὴν χώραν 1 the country Here, **country** could refer to: (1) an area of land. Alternate translation: “the area” or “the district” (2) the rural area outside cities where fewer people live. Alternate translation: “the countryside” or “the rural area”
|
||||
JHN 11 54 h5jk figs-explicit κἀκεῖ ἔμεινεν μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν 1 There he stayed with the disciples Jesus and his disciples **stayed** in Ephraim for a short period of time. If your language requires a length of time for **stayed**, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “There he stayed with the disciples for a short period of time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 55 qd5y ἀνέβησαν…εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 went up to Jerusalem The phrase **went up** is used here because Jerusalem is at a higher elevation than the surrounding areas. See how you translated **went up** in [7:10](../07/10.md).
|
||||
JHN 11 55 zh3j translate-names τὸ Πάσχα…πρὸ τοῦ Πάσχα 1 Here, **Passover** is the name of a festival. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Passover Festival … before the Passover Festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 11 55 zh3j translate-names τὸ Πάσχα…πρὸ τοῦ Πάσχα 1 Here, **Passover** is the name of a festival. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Passover festival … before the Passover festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 11 55 rsgm τῆς χώρας 1 Here, **country** could refer to: (1) an area of land. Alternate translation: “the area” or “the district” (2) the rural area outside cities where fewer people live. Alternate translation: “the countryside” or “the rural area”
|
||||
JHN 11 56 a5kt figs-events 0 General Information: The event in [verse 57](../11/57.md) occurs before the event in this verse. If this order might confuse your readers, you can combine these verses and put the text of [verse 57](../11/57.md) before the text of this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
JHN 11 56 kc75 writing-pronouns ἐζήτουν…τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 They were looking for Jesus Here, **they** refers to the Jewish people who had traveled to Jerusalem before the Passover Celebration, as described in the previous verse. If this use of **they** might be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people who came to Jerusalem before the Passover Celebration were looking for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 11 56 kc75 writing-pronouns ἐζήτουν…τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 They were looking for Jesus Here, **they** refers to the Jewish people who had traveled to Jerusalem before the Passover celebration, as described in the previous verse. If this use of **they** might be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people who came to Jerusalem before the Passover celebration were looking for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 11 56 y3xz figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 The people were standing in the courtyard of **the temple**. See how you translated **temple** in [verse 14](../08/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 11 56 i7en figs-idiom τί δοκεῖ ὑμῖν 1 What do you think? That he will not come to the festival? This is an idiom used to ask for someone’s opinion. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “What is your opinion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 11 56 p2wz figs-rquestion ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν? 1 What do you think? That he will not come to the festival? The people are using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that they do not think Jesus will **come** to the **Passover** Festival. The speakers here were wondering if Jesus would come to the festival since the Jewish leaders wanted to kill him. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He will certainly not come to the festival!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 11 56 p2wz figs-rquestion ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν? 1 What do you think? That he will not come to the festival? The people are using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that they do not think Jesus will **come** to the **Passover** festival. The speakers here were wondering if Jesus would come to the festival since the Jewish leaders wanted to kill him. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He will certainly not come to the festival!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 11 56 x6im figs-ellipsis ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν? 1 The people are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “Does it seem to you that he will come to the festival?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 11 57 glb6 figs-events δὲ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς 1 Now the chief priests This event occurs before that of the previous verse. If this order might confuse your readers, you can combine these verses and put the text of this verse before the text of [verse 56](../11/56.md). Another option would be to clearly state that this verse refers to an earlier event. Alternate translation: “Earlier the chief priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
JHN 11 57 glb6 figs-events δὲ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς 1 Now the chief priests This event occurs before that of the previous verse. If this order might confuse your readers, you can combine these verses and put the text of this verse before the text of [verse 56](../11/56.md). Another option would be to clearly state that this verse refers to an earlier event. Alternate translation: “Earlier, the chief priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
JHN 12 intro qzv4 0 # John 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Mary pours perfume on Jesus (12:1–11)\n2. Jesus enters Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n3. Some Greeks come to Jesus (12:20–26)\n4. Jesus predicts his death (12:27–36)\n5. John explains the Jews’ rejection of Jesus (12:37–43)\n6. Jesus says that he is God (12:44–50)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry sections in [12:38](../12/38.md) and [40](../12/40.md), which are quotations from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Mary poured perfume on Jesus’ feet\n\nThe Jews would put oil on a person’s head to make that person feel welcome and comfortable. They would also put oil on a person’s body after the person had died but before they buried the body. However, they would never think to put oil on a person’s feet, because they thought that feet were dirty.\n\n### The donkey and the colt\n\nJesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal, which was a common practice for kings. The kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on donkeys. So by riding on a donkey Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel.\n\n### Glory\n\nScripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. In [12:16](../12/16.md) John says that the glory of Jesus is his resurrection and possibly his return to heaven as well.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Light and darkness\n\nIn [12:35–36, 46](../12/35.md), Jesus uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good, and darkness represents what is false and evil. He applies that light metaphor to himself in order to show that he is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. A paradox occurs in [12:25](../12/25.md): “He who loves his life will lose it; but he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life.” But in [12:26](../12/26.md) Jesus explains what it means to keep one’s life for eternal life.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” several times in this chapter. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
JHN 12 1 s1v2 writing-newevent οὖν…πρὸ ἓξ ἡμερῶν τοῦ Πάσχα 1 Six days before the Passover John uses this phrase to mark the beginning of a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, six days before the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
JHN 12 1 bepc translate-names Βηθανίαν 1 See how you translated this village name, **Bethany**, in [1:28](../01/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 12 1 ii2v translate-names Λάζαρος 1 See how you translated this man's name, **Lazarus**, in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 12 1 z1jp figs-idiom ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 had raised from the dead Here, **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “had caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 12 1 z1jp figs-idiom ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 had raised from the dead Here, **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “had caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 12 2 ohcf translate-names Μάρθα 1 had raised from the dead See how you translated this woman's name, **Martha**, in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 12 2 m6al translate-unknown τῶν ἀνακειμένων 1 had raised from the dead At a relaxed meal such as this one, it was the custom in this culture for host and guests to eat while lying down comfortably around a table that was close to the ground. You could translate this by using the expression in your language for the customary posture at a meal. Alternate translation: “those sitting down at the table to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
JHN 12 3 l85m translate-names Μαρία 1 See how you translated **Mary** in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1674,8 +1674,8 @@ JHN 12 12 t3jl figs-explicit τὴν ἑορτήν 1 Here, **festival** refers
|
|||
JHN 12 13 nu7x figs-explicit τὰ βαΐα τῶν φοινίκων 1 In that culture a **palm tree** branch was a symbol that represented the nation of Israel. Here, the people were waving these **branches** to express their belief that Jesus was the Messiah who would free Israel from Roman rule. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **the branches of the palm trees**, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the branches of the palm trees, which represented their hope to be freed from Roman rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 13 cw5w writing-quotations ἐκραύγαζον 1 This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament book of Psalms ([Psalm 118:25–26](../psa/118/25.md)) which occurs next in the verse. The Jews recite Psalm 118 at the Passover festival to express their hope that the Messiah would come. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
JHN 12 13 hf0a figs-quotemarks ὡσαννά! εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου, καὶ ὁ Βασιλεὺς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 118:25–26](../psa/118/25.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
JHN 12 13 lzn9 figs-explicit ὡσαννά 1 Hosanna **Hosanna** is the Greek pronunciation of an expression in the Hebrew language that means “Please save!” It is a quotation from part of [Psalm 118:25](../psa/118/25.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Save us now!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 13 w7ty figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 comes in the name of the Lord Here, **name** refers figuratively to a person’s power and authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with the Lord’s authority” or “as God’s representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 13 lzn9 figs-explicit ὡσαννά 1 Hosanna **Hosanna** is the Greek pronunciation of an expression in the Hebrew language that means “Please save!” It is a quotation from part of [Psalm 118:25](../psa/118/25.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Save us now!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 13 w7ty figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 comes in the name of the Lord Here, **name** refers figuratively to a person’s power and authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with the Lord’s authority” or “as God’s representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 14 dbc5 writing-background 0 In [verses 14–16](../12/14.md) John interrupts the story to give background information about how Jesus fulfilled an Old Testament prophecy about the Messiah riding on a **donkey**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 12 14 b9ry figs-explicit εὑρὼν…ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὀνάριον, ἐκάθισεν ἐπ’ αὐτό 1 John implies that Jesus will ride the **donkey** into Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, having found a young donkey, sat on it, riding it into the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 14 lqyy writing-quotations καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμμένον 1 as it was written This phrase introduces a combination of parts of various quotations from the Old Testament which occur in the next verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “just as the prophets wrote in the Old Testament” or “as it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1683,7 +1683,7 @@ JHN 12 21 rfff writing-quotations ἠρώτων αὐτὸν λέγοντες 1
|
|||
JHN 12 23 dkmf writing-quotations ἀποκρίνεται αὐτοῖς λέγων 1 as it was written Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “answered them by saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
JHN 12 14 h6xz figs-activepassive καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμμένον 1 as it was written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as prophets wrote in the Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 15 ts1f figs-quotemarks 1 This verse is a combination of parts of various quotations from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
JHN 12 15 vra1 figs-metonymy θυγάτηρ Σιών 1 daughter of Zion Here, **daughter of Zion** is used figuratively to refer to the people who lived in Jerusalem. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 15 vra1 figs-metonymy θυγάτηρ Σιών 1 daughter of Zion Here, **daughter of Zion** is used figuratively to refer to the people who lived in Jerusalem. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 15 c36a πῶλον ὄνου 1 A **colt** is a young male **donkey**.
|
||||
JHN 12 16 rq52 figs-explicit ταῦτα…ταῦτα…ταῦτα 1 His disciples did not understand these things In this verse, **these things** refers to the words of the Old Testament prophecies that were quoted in the previous verse, which were fulfilled in the events described in [verses 13–14](../12/13.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “His disciples did not understand the meaning of these words from the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 16 xdm7 figs-activepassive ὅτε ἐδοξάσθη Ἰησοῦς 1 when Jesus was glorified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “when God glorified Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1693,14 +1693,14 @@ JHN 12 17 nr1j grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος 1 See how you translated
|
|||
JHN 12 17 wyrv figs-explicit ἐμαρτύρει…ὁ ὄχλος ὁ ὢν μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **the crowd** refers to the group of Jews who had seen Jesus raise Lazarus from the dead at Bethany in Chapter 11. This is a different **crowd** than the crowd mentioned in the next verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “one crowd testified that they had been with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 17 cq7a ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [verse 1](../12/01.md).
|
||||
JHN 12 18 h0l2 figs-explicit ὁ ὄχλος 1 they heard that he had done this sign Here, **the crowd** refers to a group of people who were coming out of Jerusalem to see Jesus as he came. This is a different **crowd** than the crowd mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a second crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 18 czmv figs-explicit τοῦτο…τὸ σημεῖον 2 this sign This phrase refers to Jesus raising Lazarus from the dead, an event that was mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “this sign, bringing a dead man back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 18 czmv figs-explicit τοῦτο…τὸ σημεῖον 2 this sign This phrase refers to Jesus raising Lazarus from the dead, an event that was mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “this sign, bringing a dead man back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 18 v2nx τὸ σημεῖον 1 this sign See how you translated **sign** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracle”
|
||||
JHN 12 19 c43j figs-explicit θεωρεῖτε ὅτι οὐκ ὠφελεῖτε οὐδέν 1 Look, you can do nothing The Pharisees imply here that it might be impossible to stop Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “It seems like we can do nothing to stop him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 19 i5uq figs-hyperbole ἴδε, ὁ κόσμος ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν 1 see, the world has gone after him The Pharisees use **the world** as an exaggeration to express their shock that so many people have come out to follow Jesus. If this would confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows shock. Alternate translation: “Behold, it seems like everyone has gone after him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 12 19 ev6e figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world Here, **world** refers to the people who lived in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 19 oraj figs-explicit ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν 1 Here, **gone after** means to follow Jesus and become his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “has become his disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 19 ev6e figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world Here, **world** refers to the people who lived in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 19 oraj figs-explicit ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν 1 Here, **gone after** means to follow Jesus and become his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “has become his disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 20 k8v2 writing-participants δὲ Ἕλληνές τινες 1 Now certain Greeks This phrase marks the introduction of **some Greeks** as new characters in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
JHN 12 20 ehkd figs-explicit Ἕλληνές 1 Now certain Greeks Here, the term **Greeks** refers to non-Jewish people who lived in the Roman Empire. It does not refer only to people from the country of Greece or to people who speak the Greek language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/greek]]) If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Gentiles” or “non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 20 ehkd figs-explicit Ἕλληνές 1 Now certain Greeks Here, the term **Greeks** refers to non-Jewish people who lived in the Roman Empire. It does not refer only to people from the country of Greece or to people who speak the Greek language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/greek]]) If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Gentiles” or “non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 20 ks5z figs-explicit τῶν ἀναβαινόντων 1 The phrase **going up** is used specifically for the act of going to Jerusalem, which is a city at a higher elevation than the area around it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those going up to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 20 i6nd figs-ellipsis ἵνα προσκυνήσωσιν ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 to worship at the festival John is leaving out a word that some languages would need in order a clause to be complete. If you language requires an object for the verb **worship**, you can supply it from the context. Alternate translation: “to worship God at the festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 12 20 rbrb τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 to worship at the festival This refers to the Jewish Passover festival. See how you translated this word in [verse 12](../12/12.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1720,32 +1720,32 @@ JHN 12 23 j0dp figs-activepassive ἵνα δοξασθῇ 1 If your language do
|
|||
JHN 12 24 m255 figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly, I say to you Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
JHN 12 24 gq2y figs-metaphor ἐὰν μὴ ὁ κόκκος τοῦ σίτου πεσὼν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀποθάνῃ, αὐτὸς μόνος μένει; ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ, πολὺν καρπὸν φέρει 1 unless a grain of wheat falls into the earth and dies … it will bear much fruit Here Jesus uses **a grain of wheat** figuratively to refer to himself. He speaks of the death of that **grain** to refer to his death, burial, and resurrection. He also uses **fruit** to refer to those people who will trust in him for salvation after his resurrection. Just as a seed is planted and grows into a plant that will bear **much fruit**, so will many people trust in Jesus after he is killed, buried, and raised back to life. If this would confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am like a grain of wheat. Unless that grain of wheat, having fallen into the earth, dies, it remains by itself; but if it would die, it bears much fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 25 sk6e figs-idiom ὁ φιλῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ, ἀπολλύει αὐτήν 1 He who loves his life will lose it Here, **the one loving his life** refers to someone who thinks that his own physical life is more important than anything else. If this clause would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Whoever values his own life more than anything else will still die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 12 25 mp7b figs-idiom ὁ μισῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον φυλάξει αὐτήν 1 he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life Here, **the one hating his life** refers to someone who values his own physical life less than he values being a disciple of Jesus. The word “hating” here does not refer to having negative feelings about one’s life or despising oneself. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whoever values being my disciple more than he values his own life will keep it for eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 12 25 r4h6 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life The phrase **eternal life** states the result of what precedes it. The **one hating his life** will **keep** that life, which will result in **eternal life**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “resulting in eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JHN 12 25 mp7b figs-idiom ὁ μισῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον φυλάξει αὐτήν 1 he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life Here, **the one hating his life** refers to someone who values his own physical life less than he values being a disciple of Jesus. The word “hating” here does not refer to having negative feelings about one’s life or despising oneself. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whoever values being my disciple more than he values his own life will keep it for eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 12 25 r4h6 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life The phrase **eternal life** states the result of what precedes it. The **one hating his life** will **keep** that life, which will result in **eternal life**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “resulting in eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JHN 12 26 ytxu figs-idiom ἐμοὶ ἀκολουθείτω 1 where I am, there will my servant also be In this context, to **follow** someone means to become that person’s disciple. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:43](../01/43.md). Alternate translation: “let him follow me as his teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 12 26 i8ky figs-explicit ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ἐκεῖ καὶ ὁ διάκονος ὁ ἐμὸς ἔσται 1 where I am, there will my servant also be Here, Jesus implies that those who **serve** him will be with him in heaven. If it would be helpful to you readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “when I am in heaven, my servant will also be there with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 26 wx3m guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ 1 the Father will honor him **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 12 27 ytv9 figs-rquestion τί εἴπω, Πάτερ, σῶσόν με ἐκ τῆς ὥρας ταύτης? 1 what should I say? ‘Father, save me from this hour’? Here Jesus uses a rhetorical question to emphasize what he will not do. Although Jesus desires to avoid crucifixion, he chooses to be obedient to God and let himself be killed. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I will not say, ‘Father, save me from this hour!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 12 27 bx1j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 12 27 hmv9 figs-metonymy τῆς ὥρας ταύτης…τὴν ὥραν ταύτην 1 this hour In this verse **this hour** refers to the time when Jesus would suffer and die on the cross. See how you translated **hour** in [verse 23](../12/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 27 ktpa figs-explicit διὰ τοῦτο 1 this hour Here, **this reason** refers to Jesus’ suffering and death on the cross. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “in order to suffer and die,” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 27 ktpa figs-explicit διὰ τοῦτο 1 this hour Here, **this reason** refers to Jesus’ suffering and death on the cross. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “in order to suffer and die,” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 28 t69i guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 12 28 v2fk figs-metonymy δόξασόν σου τὸ ὄνομα…καὶ ἐδόξασα…δοξάσω 1 glorify your name In this verse, **name** and **it** refer to God himself. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “glorify yourself … I have both glorified myself … I will glorify myself”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 28 r6qk figs-metaphor ἦλθεν…φωνὴ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 a voice came from heaven Here John refers to the sound of God’s **voice** as if it were an object that **came from heaven**. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 28 v2fk figs-metonymy δόξασόν σου τὸ ὄνομα…καὶ ἐδόξασα…δοξάσω 1 glorify your name In this verse, **name** and **it** refer to God himself. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “glorify yourself … I have both glorified myself … I will glorify myself”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 28 r6qk figs-metaphor ἦλθεν…φωνὴ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 a voice came from heaven Here John refers to the sound of God’s **voice** as if it were an object that **came from heaven**. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 29 dnsk grammar-collectivenouns ὁ…ὄχλος 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||||
JHN 12 30 kd86 figs-metonymy οὐ…ἡ φωνὴ αὕτη γέγονεν 1 Here, Jesus refers to the sound of God’s **voice** as if it were an object that came down from heaven. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God did not speak this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 31 hlcg figs-abstractnouns νῦν κρίσις ἐστὶν τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 Now is the judgment of this world If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Now God will judge this world”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JHN 12 31 fc6r figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 Now is the judgment of this world Here, **this world** is used figuratively to refer to all the people in the **world**. See how you translated **world** in [1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 31 pv51 figs-explicit νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω 1 Now will the ruler of this world be thrown out Here, **ruler of this world** refers to Satan. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now Satan will be thrown out”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 31 pv51 figs-explicit νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω 1 Now will the ruler of this world be thrown out Here, **ruler of this world** refers to Satan. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now Satan will be thrown out”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 31 o63p figs-activepassive νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω 1 Now will the ruler of this world be thrown out If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Jesus implies that God will do it. Alternate translation: “Now God will throw out the ruler of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 32 a7tc figs-activepassive ὑψωθῶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς 1 When I am lifted up from the earth If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people lift me up from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 32 ms6n figs-explicit ἐὰν ὑψωθῶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς 1 When I am lifted up from the earth Here, **lifted up from the earth** could refer to: (1) Jesus’ crucifixion only, in which case **earth** would refer to the ground. Alternate translation: “if I am lifted up from the ground on a cross” (2) Jesus’ crucifixion and return to heaven, in which case **earth** refers to both the ground and the planet. See the discussion about double meaning in the Part 3 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “if I am lifted up from the earth on a cross and then up to heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 32 n7i6 πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν 1 will draw everyone to myself See how you translated “draws” in [6:44](../06/44.md). Alternate translation: “will pull everyone to myself”
|
||||
JHN 12 32 f45r figs-hyperbole πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν 1 will draw everyone to myself Here, **everyone** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses to refer to all people groups, both Jews and non-Jews. The context of non-Jewish people coming to see Jesus in [verse 20](../12/20.md) suggests this meaning. This clause does not mean that every individual person will believe in Jesus. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will draw people from both Jews and non-Jews” or “will draw people, all people, Jews and non-Jews alike” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 12 32 f45r figs-hyperbole πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν 1 will draw everyone to myself Here, **everyone** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses to refer to all people groups, both Jews and non-Jews. The context of non-Jewish people coming to see Jesus in [verse 20](../12/20.md) suggests this meaning. This clause does not mean that every individual person will believe in Jesus. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will draw people from both Jews and non-Jews” or “will draw people, all people, Jews and non-Jews alike” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 12 33 b1zu writing-background 0 General Information: In this verse John explains the meaning of what Jesus said in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 12 34 swpp grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||||
JHN 12 34 su0r figs-synecdoche τοῦ νόμου 1 The crowd is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the law, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. See how you translated this use of **the law** in [10:34](../10/34.md). Alternate translation: “the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 12 34 mx1k figs-explicit δεῖ ὑψωθῆναι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The Son of Man must be lifted up Here, the phrase **lifted up** means “crucified.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is necessary for the Son of Man to be crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 34 mx1k figs-explicit δεῖ ὑψωθῆναι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The Son of Man must be lifted up Here, the phrase **lifted up** means “crucified.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is necessary for the Son of Man to be crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 34 jzfm figs-explicit τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated **the Son of Man** in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 34 t386 figs-explicit τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Who is this Son of Man? This could mean: (1) they are asking to know the identity of **the Son of Man**. Alternate translation: “What is the identity of this Son of Man?” (2) they are asking to know what Jesus means when he says, ‘Son of Man.’ Alternate translation: “What kind of Son of Man are you talking about?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 35 l2w4 figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν…ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε 1 Jesus uses **light** figuratively to refer to refer to himself. He is “the Light of the World” who reveals God’s truth and goodness the way a **light** reveals a person’s surroundings. See how you translated **light** in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “The one who reveals God’s truth and goodness will be with you … while you have him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1753,19 +1753,19 @@ JHN 12 35 k6td figs-123person τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν…ὡς
|
|||
JHN 12 35 ughp figs-metaphor περιπατεῖτε 1 Jesus uses **walk** figuratively to refer to how a person lives and behaves. He is telling the crowd to live and act according to the example that he has shown them while he has been with them. If this would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Behave righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 35 e715 figs-personification ἵνα μὴ σκοτία ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ 1 Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively as though it were a person who could **overtake** someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way or with a simile. Alternate translation: “so that you do not act sinfully, as if the darkness of sin had taken control of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 12 35 veok figs-metaphor σκοτία 1 Here Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. See how you translated this term in [1:5](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 35 h0q9 figs-metaphor ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ 1 Jesus uses this phrase figuratively to refer to a person who lives a sinful life and behaves sinfully. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “the one who lives sinfully” or “the one who does not behave righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 35 h0q9 figs-metaphor ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ 1 Jesus uses this phrase figuratively to refer to a person who lives a sinful life and behaves sinfully. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “the one who lives sinfully” or “the one who does not behave righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 36 j1rs figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς…εἰς τὸ φῶς 1 While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light Both occurrences of **the light** here refer to Jesus. See how you translated **light** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 36 xu4p figs-idiom υἱοὶ φωτὸς 1 While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light Here, **sons of light** is an idiom that refers to people who live according to God’s truth and goodness, which Jesus has revealed to them. Here, **sons** does not refer specifically to male children and **light** does not refer to Jesus. If this expression would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “people who share in God’s truth and goodness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 12 37 s1wh writing-background 0 General Information: In [verses 37–43](../12/37.md) John interrupts the main storyline in order to explain how the Jewish people had fulfilled prophecies that had been spoken by the prophet Isaiah. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information for these verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 12 37 g1z3 σημεῖα 1 See how you translated **signs** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
|
||||
JHN 12 38 k15e figs-activepassive λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πληρωθῇ 1 so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill the word of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 38 n4m7 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου 1 so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled Here, **word** refers to the specific prophecy written down by Isaiah that is quoted in the second half of this verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this prophecy of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 38 n4m7 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου 1 so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled Here, **word** refers to the specific prophecy written down by Isaiah that is quoted in the second half of this verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this prophecy of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 38 hps9 translate-names Ἠσαΐου 1 See how you translated **Isaiah** in [1:23](../01/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 12 38 y9ya writing-quotations ὃν εἶπεν 1 so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled This phrase introduces a quotation that occurs in the rest of this verse. The quotation is from the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet ([Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “which Isaiah said in the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
JHN 12 38 aa5b figs-quotemarks Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη? 1 so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
JHN 12 38 gx5x figs-rquestion Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη? 1 Lord, who has believed our report, and to whom has the arm of the Lord been revealed? This quotation from [Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md) contains two rhetorical questions to express the prophet’s dismay that the people do not believe his **report**. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as two statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, no one has believed our message! It seems like the arm of the Lord has been revealed to no one!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 12 38 tcb7 figs-activepassive ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to whom has the Lord revealed his arm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 38 dh6s figs-metaphor ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου 1 the arm of the Lord Here, John quotes **Isaiah** using **arm** figuratively to refer to the Lord’s power. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Lord’s power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 38 dh6s figs-metaphor ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου 1 the arm of the Lord Here, John quotes **Isaiah** using **arm** figuratively to refer to the Lord’s power. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Lord’s power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 39 f28y τοῦτο 1 Here, **this reason** refers to the **reason** for the Jews’ unbelief. That reason is given in the quotation from **Isaiah** provided in the next verse. It does not refer back to the quotation from **Isaiah** in the previous verse.
|
||||
JHN 12 39 cskd writing-quotations ὅτι πάλιν εἶπεν Ἠσαΐας 1 This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament book written by **Isaiah** the prophet ([Isaiah 6:10](../../isa/06/10.md)) which occurs in the next verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “for Isaiah had again said in the Old Testament” or “for according to Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
JHN 12 40 q8k8 figs-quotemarks τετύφλωκεν αὐτῶν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς καὶ ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν, ἵνα μὴ ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς καὶ νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ, καὶ στραφῶσιν καὶ ἰάσομαι αὐτούς 1 This verse is a quotation from [Isaiah 6:10](../../isa/06/10.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1773,7 +1773,7 @@ JHN 12 40 opz8 figs-metaphor τετύφλωκεν αὐτῶν τοὺς ὀφθ
|
|||
JHN 12 40 wac6 figs-metaphor ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν 1 John quotes Isaiah using the phrase **hardened their heart** figuratively to refer to causing the Jewish people to become stubborn. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he has made them stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 40 zs9l grammar-collectivenouns αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν…τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 Both occurrences of the singular noun **heart** in this verse refer to all of the hearts of the people as a group. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “their hearts … with their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||||
JHN 12 40 v6ic figs-metaphor μὴ ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς 1 John quotes Isaiah using the phrase **see with their eyes** figuratively here to refer to people understanding something that they **see**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might not see and perceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 40 btbb figs-metaphor νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 John quotes Isaiah using the phrase **understand with their heart** figuratively to refer to the Jewish people truly understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “might fully understand” or “might understand deep within themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 40 btbb figs-metaphor νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 John quotes Isaiah using the phrase **understand with their heart** figuratively to refer to the Jewish people truly understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “might fully understand” or “might understand deep within themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 40 h99a figs-metaphor καὶ στραφῶσιν 1 and turn John quotes Isaiah using **turn** figuratively to mean “repent,” which means to stop sinning and start obeying the Lord. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and they would repent” or “and they would stop sinning and obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 40 be3d figs-metaphor καὶ ἰάσομαι αὐτούς 1 and turn John quotes Isaiah using **heal** figuratively to refer to forgiving people of their sins. It does not refer to physical healing. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I would forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 41 q2x6 figs-abstractnouns τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how glorious he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1789,10 +1789,10 @@ JHN 12 44 d27w figs-explicit Ἰησοῦς…ἔκραξεν καὶ εἶπε
|
|||
JHN 12 44 kcnd figs-explicit τὸν πέμψαντά με 1 Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 45 s6xx figs-explicit τὸν πέμψαντά με 1 Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 46 wib3 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ φῶς εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐλήλυθα 1 I have come as a light Here Jesus uses **light** figuratively to refer to himself. See how you translated light in [8:12](../08/12). Alternate translation: “I have come as the one who reveals God’s truth and goodness to the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 46 nggy figs-metonymy εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 I have come as a light Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 46 nggy figs-metonymy εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 I have come as a light Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 46 i31g figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ μὴ μείνῃ 1 may not remain in the darkness Here Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. See how you translated **darkness** in [verse 35](../12/35.md) and also see the discussion of **light** and **darkness** in the General Notes for Chapter 1. Alternate translation: “might not remain in sin and evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 47 vehn figs-metonymy μου…τῶν ῥημάτων 1 Here, **words** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my message” or “what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 47 xlyd figs-explicit καὶ μὴ φυλάξῃ 1 Here, **keep** means to obey. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “but does not obey them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 47 vehn figs-metonymy μου…τῶν ῥημάτων 1 Here, **words** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my message” or “what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 47 xlyd figs-explicit καὶ μὴ φυλάξῃ 1 Here, **keep** means to obey. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “but does not obey them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 47 xvq6 figs-explicit ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω αὐτόν…ἵνα κρίνω τὸν κόσμον 1 If anyone hears my words but does not keep them, I do not judge him; for I have not come to judge the world, but to save the world In this verse, the word **judge** implies condemnation. Jesus did not come to condemn people to be eternally punished in hell. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I do not condemn him … so that I might condemn the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 47 u4o4 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον…σώσω τὸν κόσμον 1 See how you translated **the world** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 48 wtwv τὰ ῥήματά μου 1 on the last day See how you translated **my words** in the previous verse.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1810,20 +1810,20 @@ JHN 13 1 z4q9 figs-metonymy ἦλθεν αὐτοῦ ἡ ὥρα 1 Here, the wo
|
|||
JHN 13 1 w7w3 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 13 1 a1w4 figs-explicit τοὺς ἰδίους τοὺς ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 This phrase refers to Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his own disciples who were with him in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 1 g86x figs-idiom εἰς τέλος ἠγάπησεν αὐτούς 1 Here, **to the end** could mean: (1) utterly or completely. Alternate translation: “he loved them to the uttermost.” (2) **to the end** of Jesus’ life. If you use this meaning, make sure that you do not translate this phrase in a way that could imply that Jesus did not continue to love them after his death. Alternate translation: “he loved them to the end of his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 13 2 xn6r figs-idiom τοῦ διαβόλου ἤδη βεβληκότος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν, ἵνα παραδοῖ αὐτὸν Ἰούδας, Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης 1 the devil had already put it into the heart of Judas Iscariot son of Simon, to betray Jesus Here, **put into the heart** is an idiom that means to cause someone to think about something. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the devil had already caused Judas Iscariot, the son of Simon, to think about betraying Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 13 2 xn6r figs-idiom τοῦ διαβόλου ἤδη βεβληκότος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν, ἵνα παραδοῖ αὐτὸν Ἰούδας, Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης 1 the devil had already put it into the heart of Judas Iscariot son of Simon, to betray Jesus Here, **put into the heart** is an idiom that means to cause someone to think about something. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the devil had already caused Judas Iscariot, the son of Simon, to think about betraying Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 13 2 iq56 translate-names Ἰούδας, Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης 1 See how you translated this phrase in [6:71](../06/71.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 13 3 qtr3 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰδὼς 1 Father Here, the word **knowing** could mean: (1) the rest of this verse is the reason why Jesus did the result that John describes in the next verse. Alternate translation: “because he knew” (2) this verse provides a contrast between who Jesus is and what he would do in the next verse. Alternate translation: “although he knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JHN 13 3 fd2t guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 13 3 x8hc figs-metonymy εἰς τὰς χεῖρας 1 had given everything over into his hands Here, John uses **hands** figuratively to refer to power and authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into his power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 13 3 x8hc figs-metonymy εἰς τὰς χεῖρας 1 had given everything over into his hands Here, John uses **hands** figuratively to refer to power and authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into his power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 13 4 t7cu figs-pastforfuture ἐγείρεται…τίθησιν 1 He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 13 4 nm8h figs-explicit ἐγείρεται ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου 1 He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing During Jesus’ time, people would often eat meals while lying on their sides on low couches next to the table. Here, **gets up** means that Jesus went from lying on his side on a couch next to the table where he was eating **supper** to standing up. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he gets up from the table where he was eating supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 4 nm8h figs-explicit ἐγείρεται ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου 1 He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing During Jesus’ time, people would often eat meals while lying on their sides on low couches next to the table. Here, **gets up** means that Jesus went from lying on his side on a couch next to the table where he was eating **supper** to standing up. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he gets up from the table where he was eating supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 4 a9yt τίθησιν τὰ ἱμάτια 1 He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing Here, **outer clothing** refers to clothing that is worn over undergarments. It does not refer to a coat that would be worn over a person’s regular clothing. Use the term in your language for the regular clothing that people wear on top of their underwear.
|
||||
JHN 13 4 gfe4 figs-explicit λαβὼν λέντιον 1 Here, **towel** refers to piece of cloth that is long enough to wrap around Jesus’ waist and still has enough leftover cloth to wipe the disciples’ feet. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having taken a long towel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 5 qfqd figs-pastforfuture βάλλει 1 began to wash the feet of the disciples Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 13 5 adm9 figs-activepassive ᾧ ἦν διεζωσμένος 1 began to wash the feet of the disciples If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that he had tied around himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 13 6 hevx figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται…λέγει 1 Lord, are you going to wash my feet? Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 13 6 bz27 figs-rquestion Κύριε, σύ μου νίπτεις τοὺς πόδας? 1 Lord, are you going to wash my feet? **Peter** is using a rhetorical question here to show that he does not want Jesus to wash his feet. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, it is not right for you to wash my feet!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 13 7 o7nf figs-explicit μετὰ ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers to Jesus’ crucifixion and resurrection. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “after the events that are about to take place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 7 o7nf figs-explicit μετὰ ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers to Jesus’ crucifixion and resurrection. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “after the events that are about to take place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 8 oy8j figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 13 8 f6dg figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 If I do not wash you, you have no share with me **Jesus** uses two negative statements to convince **Peter** to allow him to **wash** his **feet**. If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “I must wash you so that you can have a share with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 13 8 m90p figs-explicit ἐὰν μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 Here, Jesus’ use of **no share with me** could imply: (1) that Peter must let him wash his feet if he wants to receive his **share** of the inheritance that God promised to give his people. Alternate translation: “If I do not wash you, you will not share in God’s promised inheritance with me” (2) that Peter must let him wash his feet if he wants to continue being his disciple. Alternate translation: “If I do not wash you, you will no longer be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1841,13 +1841,13 @@ JHN 13 13 m9z8 figs-explicit ὑμεῖς φωνεῖτέ με ὁ Διδάσκ
|
|||
JHN 13 14 xlgr grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ οὖν ἐγὼ ἔνιψα ὑμῶν τοὺς πόδας, ὁ Κύριος καὶ ὁ Διδάσκαλος 1 Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “If I then, the Lord and the Teacher, have washed your feet, and I have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
JHN 13 15 pk3l figs-declarative καθὼς ἐγὼ ἐποίησα ὑμῖν, καὶ ὑμεῖς ποιῆτε 1 you should also do just as I did for you Jesus is using a statement to give an instruction. Jesus is telling his disciples to follow his example and serve one another. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “you also must do just as I did to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
JHN 13 16 h6gt figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
JHN 13 16 tpl8 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν 1 greater Here, **greater** means to be more important or deserving of more respect than another person. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “a slave is not respected more than his master, nor is a messenger respected more than the one who sent him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 16 tpl8 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν 1 greater Here, **greater** means to be more important or deserving of more respect than another person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “a slave is not respected more than his master, nor is a messenger respected more than the one who sent him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 16 rj4z figs-doublet οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν 1 greater These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus’ disciples are not more important than him, so they should humbly serve each other. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “none of you are greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
JHN 13 16 k3zj figs-metaphor οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ 1 greater Jesus uses the words **slave** and **master** figuratively to refer to his disciples and himself, respectively. He is telling his disciples that they should humbly serve each other because they are not more important than him, and he has humbly served them. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Jesus’ meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “you are not greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 13 16 la0x figs-metaphor οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν 1 greater Jesus uses **messenger** and **the one who sent him** figuratively to refer to his disciples and himself, respectively. He is telling his disciples that they should humbly serve each other because they are not more important than him, and he has humbly served them. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Jesus’ meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “and you are not greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 13 17 nwhg grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ ταῦτα οἴδατε 1 Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “If you know these things, which you do,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
JHN 13 17 nxou figs-activepassive μακάριοί ἐστε 1 you are blessed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God did it. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 13 18 ji7u figs-explicit οὐ περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν λέγω 1 Here Jesus is referring back to what he just said in the previous verse. He means that not all of those to whom he is speaking will be blessed for serving each other, because one of them, Judas Iscariot, will betray him. If this clause would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not speaking this about all of you” or “I am not saying that God will bless all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 18 ji7u figs-explicit οὐ περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν λέγω 1 Here Jesus is referring back to what he just said in the previous verse. He means that not all of those to whom he is speaking will be blessed for serving each other, because one of them, Judas Iscariot, will betray him. If this clause would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not speaking this about all of you” or “I am not saying that God will bless all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 18 ztpw figs-explicit ἐγὼ οἶδα τίνας ἐξελεξάμην 1 Here Jesus states that he knew the character of every person he chose to be his disciple. Therefore, he knew Judas would betray him when he chose him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I know exactly the kind of men I have chosen to be my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 18 lpug figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I chose one who will betray me so that the scripture might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 13 18 u5fl figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 this so that the scripture will be fulfilled If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this is in order to fulfill the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1862,12 +1862,12 @@ JHN 13 20 zcyh figs-doublet ὁ λαμβάνων…λαμβάνει…λαμβά
|
|||
JHN 13 20 ksfj figs-explicit τὸν πέμψαντά με 1 Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 21 bq84 figs-explicit ἐταράχθη τῷ πνεύματι 1 troubled See how you translated a similar phrase in [11:33](../11/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 21 j7x1 figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
JHN 13 23 xvi8 figs-explicit εἷς ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ…ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 One of his disciples, whom Jesus loved This phrase refers to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John and the discussion in the General Notes for this chapter. If this phrase would be confusing to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, one of his disciples, whom Jesus loved” or “John, one of his disciples, whom Jesus loved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 23 xvi8 figs-explicit εἷς ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ…ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 One of his disciples, whom Jesus loved This phrase refers to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John and the discussion in the General Notes for this chapter. If this phrase would be confusing to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, one of his disciples, whom Jesus loved” or “John, one of his disciples, whom Jesus loved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 23 z8ze translate-unknown ἀνακείμενος 1 lying down at the table During Jesus’ time, people would often eat meals while lying on their sides on low couches next to a table. If your readers would not be familiar with this meal practice, you could use a general expression for sitting to have a meal. Alternate translation: “seated at the table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
JHN 13 23 p2ee figs-explicit ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 Jesus’ side In Jesus’ culture, lying with one’s head **against** the side of another person when having a meal was considered to be a sign that the two people had a very close friendship. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “closely beside Jesus as a close friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 23 p2ee figs-explicit ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 Jesus’ side In Jesus’ culture, lying with one’s head **against** the side of another person when having a meal was considered to be a sign that the two people had a very close friendship. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “closely beside Jesus as a close friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 24 eido figs-explicit τούτῳ 1 Jesus’ side Here, **this one** refers to John, who calls himself the disciple “whom Jesus loved” in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 25 iqcj figs-explicit ἐκεῖνος…λέγει 1 Jesus’ side Here, **that one** refers to John, who calls himself the disciple “whom Jesus loved” in [verse 23](../13/23.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “that disciple whom Jesus loved says” or “I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 25 kqza figs-explicit λέγει 1 Jesus’ side [Verse 28](../13/28.md) indicates that the disciples did not know why Jesus spoke to Judas in the way he did. This means that they must not have heard the conversation in this verse and the next, because John and Jesus were speaking quietly. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “said in a quite voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 25 iqcj figs-explicit ἐκεῖνος…λέγει 1 Jesus’ side Here, **that one** refers to John, who calls himself the disciple “whom Jesus loved” in [verse 23](../13/23.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “that disciple whom Jesus loved says” or “I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 25 kqza figs-explicit λέγει 1 Jesus’ side [Verse 28](../13/28.md) indicates that the disciples did not know why Jesus spoke to Judas in the way he did. This means that they must not have heard the conversation in this verse and the next, because John and Jesus were speaking quietly. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “said in a quite voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 25 b22k figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Jesus’ side Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 13 26 qpj8 translate-names Ἰούδᾳ Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτη 1 See how you translated this phrase in [6:71](../06/71.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 13 27 r8lk figs-ellipsis καὶ μετὰ τὸ ψωμίον 1 Then after the bread John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And after Judas took the bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1886,7 +1886,7 @@ JHN 13 31 gd4y figs-123person ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρ
|
|||
JHN 13 31 o91a figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated **the Son of Man** in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 31 n421 figs-activepassive ὁ Θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 13 32 i7yz translate-textvariants 0 In some Bibles, this verse begins with the clause, “If God has been glorified in him”. However, these words are not in most of the oldest ancient manuscripts. Nevertheless, if a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using whichever reading is found in that version. If a translation does not already exist, we recommend that you follow the reading in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
JHN 13 32 bfxt writing-pronouns ὁ Θεὸς δοξάσει αὐτὸν…αὐτόν 1 God will glorify him in himself, and he will glorify him immediately Both occurrences of the pronoun **him** refer to the Son of Man, Jesus. If this use of **him** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God will glorify the Son of Man … the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 13 32 bfxt writing-pronouns ὁ Θεὸς δοξάσει αὐτὸν…αὐτόν 1 God will glorify him in himself, and he will glorify him immediately Both occurrences of the pronoun **him** refer to the Son of Man, Jesus. If this use of **him** would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God will glorify the Son of Man … the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 13 32 uaj7 figs-rpronouns ὁ Θεὸς δοξάσει αὐτὸν ἐν αὐτῷ 1 God will glorify him in himself, and he will glorify him immediately The word **himself** here refers to God and is used to emphasize that God is the one who would **glorify** Jesus. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “God himself will glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 13 33 zki6 figs-metaphor τεκνία 1 Little children Jesus is using the phrase **Little children** figuratively to describe the disciples to whom he is speaking. He loves them as if they were his own children. If this might confuse your readers, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or use a simile. Alternate translation: “You dear disciples who are like children to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 13 33 lp65 figs-synecdoche τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 as I said to the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1906,7 +1906,7 @@ JHN 13 38 kfze figs-genericnoun ἀλέκτωρ 1 Jesus is not speaking of one
|
|||
JHN 14 intro kv6m 0 # John 14 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus says he is the way to the Father (14:1–14)\n2. Jesus promises that the Holy Spirit will come (14:15–31)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “My Father’s house”\n\nJesus used these words to refer to heaven, where God dwells. It does not refer to any temple in Jerusalem or to a church building. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])\n\n### The Holy Spirit\n\nJesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. He called the Holy Spirit the Helper ([14:16](../14/16.md)), who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them. Jesus also called him the Spirit of Truth ([14:17](../14/17.md)), who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])
|
||||
JHN 14 1 a2xv 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues in this chapter. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples during the evening meal and continues to speak to them.
|
||||
JHN 14 1 ughe figs-you 0 In [verses 1–7](../14/01.md) the word “you” is always plural and refers to Jesus’ disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
JHN 14 1 w3dn figs-metaphor μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία 1 Do not let your heart be troubled Jesus uses **heart** figuratively to represent the disciples’ thoughts and emotions. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not let your thoughts be troubled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 14 1 w3dn figs-metaphor μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία 1 Do not let your heart be troubled Jesus uses **heart** figuratively to represent the disciples’ thoughts and emotions. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not let your thoughts be troubled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 14 1 rq43 figs-declarative πιστεύετε εἰς τὸν Θεόν, καὶ εἰς ἐμὲ πιστεύετε 1 Both of these clauses could be: (1) commands, as in the UST. (2) statements. Alternate translation: “You believe in God; you also believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
JHN 14 2 eca3 figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 In my Father’s house Jesus uses **house** figuratively to refer to heaven, which is the place where God dwells. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “In the place where my Father dwells” or “In heaven where my Father dwells”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 14 2 v9px guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1935,7 +1935,7 @@ JHN 14 10 hc1z figs-rquestion οὐ πιστεύεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τ
|
|||
JHN 14 10 li33 figs-idiom ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί ἐστιν 1 Do you not believe … in me? See how you translated this expression in [10:38](../10/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 14 10 e4se guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὶ…ὁ Πατὴρ…Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 10 wh9w figs-you τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λαλῶ ὑμῖν 1 The words that I say to you Here, **you** is plural. Jesus shifts from speaking to Philip to speaking to all of his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
JHN 14 10 pgk6 figs-metonymy τὰ ῥήματα 1 The words that I say to you I do not speak from my own authority Here, **words** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The message” or “The teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 10 pgk6 figs-metonymy τὰ ῥήματα 1 The words that I say to you I do not speak from my own authority Here, **words** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The message” or “The teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 10 seon figs-explicit ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 See how you translated **from myself** in [5:30](../05/30.md). Alternate translation: “on my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 14 10 e3li figs-explicit τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated **work** in [7:3](../07/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 14 11 ew6g figs-idiom ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί 1 I am in the Father, and the Father is in me See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1957,12 +1957,12 @@ JHN 14 17 sc6r figs-explicit τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 Spi
|
|||
JHN 14 17 ms9g figs-possession τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 Spirit of truth Jesus is using **of** to describe the **Spirit** who teaches people the **Truth** about God. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the Spirit that teaches God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
JHN 14 17 i2v7 figs-metonymy ὃ ὁ κόσμος οὐ δύναται λαβεῖν 1 The world cannot receive him Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whom the people in this world who oppose God are not able to receive” or “whom those who oppose God are not able to receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 17 clz3 figs-explicit ἐν ὑμῖν ἔσται 1 The world cannot receive him Jesus uses the future tense **will** to indicate that the Holy **Spirit** would be inside Jesus’ disciples at a future point in time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will be in you at a future time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 14 18 hy8v figs-metaphor οὐκ ἀφήσω ὑμᾶς ὀρφανούς 1 leave you alone Jesus uses **orphans** figuratively to refer to people who have no one to care for them. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will not leave you with no one to care for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 14 18 hy8v figs-metaphor οὐκ ἀφήσω ὑμᾶς ὀρφανούς 1 leave you alone Jesus uses **orphans** figuratively to refer to people who have no one to care for them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will not leave you with no one to care for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 14 18 k5bs figs-pastforfuture ἔρχομαι 1 Here Jesus uses the present tense **I am coming** to refer to something that will happen in the near future. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the future tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “I will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 14 19 r5q8 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world See how you translated **the world** in [verse 17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 19 yjsl figs-explicit ὅτι ἐγὼ ζῶ, καὶ ὑμεῖς ζήσεσθε 1 the world In this verse, Jesus uses **live** to refer to living forever after one’s resurrection. Because Jesus will live forever after his death and resurrection, so too will his disciples life forever after they die and are resurrected. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because I live forever, you will also life forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 14 19 cil5 figs-pastforfuture ὅτι ἐγὼ ζῶ 1 the world Here Jesus uses the present tense **I live** to refer to when he comes back to life after his death. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the future tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Because I will live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 14 20 ckki figs-explicit ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 you will know that I am in my Father **On that day** here refers to the time that Jesus’ disciples would see him again after his resurrection. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “When you see me again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 14 20 ckki figs-explicit ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 you will know that I am in my Father **On that day** here refers to the time that Jesus’ disciples would see him again after his resurrection. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “When you see me again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 14 20 b87j figs-explicit ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί μου, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 you will know that I am in my Father In this verse Jesus uses **in** to indicate being united with someone. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am united with my Father, and you are united with me, and I am united with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 14 20 he2a guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρί μου 1 my Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 20 ht8z figs-doublet ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 you are in me, and that I am in you These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the unity between Jesus and his disciples. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “you and I are just like one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2025,7 +2025,7 @@ JHN 15 4 qvv9 figs-explicit μείνατε ἐν ἐμοί, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑ
|
|||
JHN 15 5 mw4t figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος; ὑμεῖς τὰ κλήματα 1 I am the vine, you are the branches See how you translated **vine** in [verse 1](../15/01.md) and “branch” in [verse 2](../15/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 5 r4di figs-explicit ὁ μένων ἐν ἐμοὶ κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 He who remains in me and I in him See how you translated this similar expression in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 5 hzh4 figs-metaphor οὗτος φέρει καρπὸν πολύν 1 he bears much fruit See how you translated **bears fruit** in [verse 2](../15/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 5 b1qd figs-explicit ποιεῖν οὐδέν 1 he bears much fruit Here Jesus uses **nothing** to refer to doing **nothing** that pleases God or to lack any spiritual fruit. It does not refer to doing **nothing** at all. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “do nothing that pleases God” or “do nothing acceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 5 b1qd figs-explicit ποιεῖν οὐδέν 1 he bears much fruit Here Jesus uses **nothing** to refer to doing **nothing** that pleases God or to lack any spiritual fruit. It does not refer to doing **nothing** at all. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “do nothing that pleases God” or “do nothing acceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 6 fgnm ἐὰν μή τις μένῃ ἐν ἐμοί, ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα καὶ ἐξηράνθη, καὶ συνάγουσιν αὐτὰ καὶ εἰς τὸ πῦρ βάλλουσιν, καὶ καίεται 1 In the middle of this verse, Jesus changes from referring to the **branch** in a singular form to a plural form. If this change would be confusing in your language, you could change the singular forms into plural forms. Alternate translation: “If people do not remain in me, they are thrown outside like branches and are dried up, and they gather them into the fire, and they are burned up”
|
||||
JHN 15 6 d5mt figs-explicit μένῃ ἐν ἐμοί 1 See how you translated **remain in me** in the previous two verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 6 h6cu figs-activepassive ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα καὶ ἐξηράνθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the farmer throws him outside like a branch, and he dries up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2063,7 +2063,7 @@ JHN 15 18 d5ff figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world Here Jesus uses **worl
|
|||
JHN 15 19 aj8s grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου ἦτε 1 the world Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He knows that his disciples are not **from the world**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If you were from the world, but you are not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
|
||||
JHN 15 19 x6q8 figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου…ὁ κόσμος…τοῦ κόσμου…τοῦ κόσμου…ὁ κόσμος 1 the world See how you translated **the world** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 15 19 ayo7 figs-infostructure ὅτι δὲ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου οὐκ ἐστέ, ἀλλ’ ἐγὼ ἐξελεξάμην ὑμᾶς ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου, διὰ τοῦτο μισεῖ ὑμᾶς ὁ κόσμος 1 the world If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “But because you are not from the world, this world hates you, but I chose you from the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||||
JHN 15 20 v53s figs-metonymy μνημονεύετε τοῦ λόγου οὗ ἐγὼ εἶπον ὑμῖν 1 Remember the word that I said to you Here, Jesus uses **word** figuratively to refer to what he says later in this sentence. If this use of **word** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Remember the teaching that I said to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 15 20 v53s figs-metonymy μνημονεύετε τοῦ λόγου οὗ ἐγὼ εἶπον ὑμῖν 1 Remember the word that I said to you Here, Jesus uses **word** figuratively to refer to what he says later in this sentence. If this use of **word** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Remember the teaching that I said to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 15 20 wzg6 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ 1 Remember the word that I said to you See how you translated this in [13:16](../13/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 20 a8kw figs-metonymy εἰ τὸν λόγον μου ἐτήρησαν…τηρήσουσιν 1 Remember the word that I said to you See how you translated a similar phrase in [8:51](../08/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 15 21 eh1v figs-metonymy ταῦτα πάντα ποιήσουσιν εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 because of my name Here, **all these things** refers to the bad things Jesus told his disciples that the unbelievers in the world would do to them in [verses 18–20](../15/18.md). If this use of **these things** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will hate and persecute you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2078,7 +2078,7 @@ JHN 15 24 rnt4 grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ τὰ ἔργα μὴ
|
|||
JHN 15 24 v23s figs-metaphor ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν 1 they would have no sin See how you translated this in [15:22](../15/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 24 z6we figs-ellipsis καὶ ἑωράκασιν 1 The object of the verb **seen** could be: (1) **the works** referred to earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “they have both seen the works” (2) Jesus and the **Father**, referred to at the end of the verse. Alternate translation: “they have both seen me and my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 15 24 v6pt guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα μου 1 they have seen and hated both me and my Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 25 x7g9 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος 1 to fulfill the word that is written in their law Here, Jesus uses **word** figuratively to refer to a specific prophecy in the Old Testament. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the prophecy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 15 25 x7g9 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος 1 to fulfill the word that is written in their law Here, Jesus uses **word** figuratively to refer to a specific prophecy in the Old Testament. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the prophecy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 15 25 s5wj writing-quotations ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος 1 Here Jesus uses **the word that is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 35:19](../../psa/35/19.md) or [69:4](../../psa/69/04.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “the statement that has been written in their scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
JHN 15 25 rod8 figs-activepassive πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they might fulfill the word that a prophet wrote in their law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 15 25 j2m2 figs-synecdoche τῷ νόμῳ 1 law Jesus is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the **law**, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. See how you translated a similar expression in [10:34](../10/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2086,11 +2086,11 @@ JHN 15 25 jhqg figs-quotemarks ἐμίσησάν με δωρεάν 1 law This se
|
|||
JHN 15 26 eexc figs-explicit ὁ Παράκλητος 1 See how you translated this in [14:16](../14/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 26 tpw6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός…Πατρὸς 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 26 tzi9 figs-explicit τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the Spirit of truth See how you translated **the Spirit of Truth** in [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 27 ew2v figs-metonymy ἀρχῆς 1 the beginning Here Jesus uses **beginning** figuratively to refer to the first days of his ministry. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the very first days when I began teaching the people and doing miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 15 27 ew2v figs-metonymy ἀρχῆς 1 the beginning Here Jesus uses **beginning** figuratively to refer to the first days of his ministry. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the very first days when I began teaching the people and doing miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 intro wb8v 0 # John 16 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus promises that his disciples will be persecuted (15:18–16:4)\n2. Jesus describes the work of the Holy Spirit (16:5–15)\n3. Jesus says that he will return to his Father (16:16–28)\n4. Jesus says that his disciples will soon abandon him (16:29–33)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The Holy Spirit\n\nJesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Helper ([14:16](../14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them. He is also the Spirit of Truth ([14:17](../14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n### “The hour is coming”\n\nJesus used these words to begin prophecies about events that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. “The hour” in which people would persecute his followers ([16:2](../16/02.md)) lasted for many years. However, “the hour” in which his disciples would scatter and leave him alone ([16:32](../16/32.md)) was less than sixty minutes long. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Simile\n\nJesus said that just as a woman is in pain when she gives birth to a baby, so also his followers would be sad when he died. But just as the woman is happy after the baby is born, so also his followers would be happy when Jesus became alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
JHN 16 1 pbc8 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus continues to speak to his disciples either at the end of their evening meal or after they have finished that meal and are walking to Gethsemane. It is unclear whether or not they left immediately after Jesus said “Let us go from here” at the end of the Chapter 14 ([John 14:31](../14/31.md)).
|
||||
JHN 16 1 hn4j 0 Connecting Statement: Verses 1–4 are part of the same topic Jesus began in [15:18](../15/18.md). He is speaking about the persecution that his disciples will experience.
|
||||
JHN 16 1 kz43 figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers to what Jesus has just said in [15:18–25](../15/18.md) about the coming persecution of his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the warnings that you will be hated by everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 16 1 kz43 figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers to what Jesus has just said in [15:18–25](../15/18.md) about the coming persecution of his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the warnings that you will be hated by everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 16 1 vui6 figs-explicit μὴ σκανδαλισθῆτε 1 you will not fall away Here, Jesus uses **fall away** figuratively to refer to no longer trusting in him or no longer being his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you might not stop trusting me” or “you might not stop being my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 16 2 hhgj figs-metaphor ἀποσυναγώγους 1 the hour is coming when everyone who kills you will think that he is offering a service to God See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:22](../09/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 16 2 i79b figs-metonymy ἔρχεται ὥρα 1 the hour is coming when everyone who kills you will think that he is offering a service to God See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md) and see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes to Chapter 4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2123,7 +2123,7 @@ JHN 16 13 pau7 figs-explicit ὁδηγήσει ὑμᾶς ἐν τῇ ἀληθ
|
|||
JHN 16 13 pter figs-explicit ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:19](../05/19.md). Alternate translation: “on his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 16 13 v738 figs-explicit ὅσα ἀκούσει, λαλήσει 1 he will say whatever he hears Jesus implies that God the Father will speak to the Spirit. If this might confuse to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will say whatever God tells him to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 16 13 mzns τὰ ἐρχόμενα 1 Alternate translation: “things that are about to happen” or “things that will soon take place”
|
||||
JHN 16 14 srk5 writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνος 1 he will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you Here, **that one** refers to the Holy Spirit, who is called “the Spirit of Truth” in the previous verse. If this use of **that one** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 16 14 srk5 writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνος 1 he will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you Here, **that one** refers to the Holy Spirit, who is called “the Spirit of Truth” in the previous verse. If this use of **that one** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 16 14 nfxp figs-explicit ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ 1 he will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you Here, **the things of mine** could refer to: (1) what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: “the things I have said” (2) who Jesus is and what he has said and done. Alternate translation: “my true identity and the things I have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 16 15 s73e guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 15 rmq9 figs-explicit ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ 1 the Spirit will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2173,7 +2173,7 @@ JHN 16 32 zjnx εἰς τὰ ἴδια 1 Alternate translation: “each of you
|
|||
JHN 16 32 k3br guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 the Father is with me **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 33 k6d6 figs-explicit ἵνα ἐν ἐμοὶ εἰρήνην ἔχητε 1 so that you will have peace in me If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **peace** in another way. Alternate translation: “so that you might experience a peaceful feeling in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 16 33 wraa figs-metaphor εἰρήνην ἔχητε…θλῖψιν ἔχετε 1 so that you will have peace in me Here, Jesus speaks figuratively of **peace** and **troubles** as if they were objects that someone can possess. If these uses of **peace** and **troubles** might confuse your readers, you could use different expressions. Alternate translation: “you might be peaceful … you experience troubles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 16 33 ysh6 figs-idiom ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 so that you will have peace in me Here, **in me** refers to being united with Jesus or having a close relationship with him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of your relationship with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 16 33 ysh6 figs-idiom ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 so that you will have peace in me Here, **in me** refers to being united with Jesus or having a close relationship with him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of your relationship with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 16 33 z7wj figs-metonymy ἐγὼ νενίκηκα τὸν κόσμον 1 I have conquered the world Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. See how you translated this is [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 intro nb2a 0 # John 17 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter is one long prayer that can be divided into three parts according to the topics of Jesus’ prayer requests:\n\n1. Jesus prays for himself (17:1–5)\n2. Jesus prays for his disciples (17:6–19)\n3. Jesus prays for all Christians (17:20–26)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Glory\n\nScripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, bright light that visually represents how great God is. When people see this light, they are afraid. In this chapter Jesus asks God to show his followers his true glory ([17:1](../17/01.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]])\n\n### Jesus is eternal\n\nJesus existed before God created the world ([17:5](../17/05.md)). John wrote about this in [1:1](../01/01.md).\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Prayer\n\nJesus is God’s one and only Son ([3:16](../03/16.md)), so he could pray differently from the way other people pray. He used many words that might seem to be commands. Your translation should make Jesus sound like a son speaking with love and respect to his father and telling him what the father needs to do so that the father will be happy.
|
||||
JHN 17 1 uf8z 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus had been speaking to his disciples, but now he begins to pray to God.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2181,7 +2181,7 @@ JHN 17 1 an1o figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers to ever
|
|||
JHN 17 1 b4pj figs-idiom ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 he lifted up his eyes to the heavens See how you translated this idiom in [6:5](../06/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 17 1 k7tb figs-explicit εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 heavens Here, **heaven** refers to the sky. The Jews believed that **heaven**, the place where God dwells, was located above the sky. If this use of **heaven** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “beyond the sky toward God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 17 1 l8sa guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ…Υἱὸς 1 Father … Son **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 17 1 jup7 figs-metonymy ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα 1 the hour has come Here, Jesus uses **hour** figuratively to refer to the time when Jesus would suffer and die. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the time for me to suffer and die has come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 1 jup7 figs-metonymy ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα 1 the hour has come Here, Jesus uses **hour** figuratively to refer to the time when Jesus would suffer and die. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the time for me to suffer and die has come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 1 ya24 figs-imperative δόξασόν 1 the hour has come **Glorify** here is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please glorify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
JHN 17 1 bk1m figs-123person σου τὸν Υἱόν…ὁ Υἱὸς 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
JHN 17 2 jzlt grammar-connect-logic-result καθὼς ἔδωκας αὐτῷ ἐξουσίαν πάσης σαρκός 1 Here, **since** indicates that this clause is the reason for the request given in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because you gave him authority over all flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2190,7 +2190,7 @@ JHN 17 2 vbt4 figs-metonymy πάσης σαρκός 1 all flesh Jesus is describ
|
|||
JHN 17 3 i5pm αὕτη δέ ἐστιν ἡ αἰώνιος ζωὴ 1 all flesh The clause could mean: (1) the rest of the verse describes what **eternal life** is. Alternate translation: “Now this is what it means to have eternal life” (2) the rest of the verse describes the means by which one receives eternal life. Alternate translation: “Now this is how people live forever”
|
||||
JHN 17 3 zmsw figs-123person ὃν ἀπέστειλας, Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν 1 all flesh Jesus uses **the one whom you sent** and **Jesus Christ** to refer to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
JHN 17 4 h4hu figs-metonymy τὸ ἔργον…ὃ δέδωκάς μοι 1 the work that you have given me to do Here, Jesus uses **work** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ entire ministry while on the earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ministry that you have given me here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 5 k9ra figs-explicit δόξασόν με σύ, Πάτερ, παρὰ σεαυτῷ, τῇ δόξῃ ᾗ εἶχον…παρὰ σοί 1 Father, glorify me … with the glory that I had with you before the world was made Here, **with yourself** and **with you** refer to Jesus and God the **Father** being physically near to each other. If this use of **with** might be confusing to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Father, glorify me at your side with the glory that I had at your side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 17 5 k9ra figs-explicit δόξασόν με σύ, Πάτερ, παρὰ σεαυτῷ, τῇ δόξῃ ᾗ εἶχον…παρὰ σοί 1 Father, glorify me … with the glory that I had with you before the world was made Here, **with yourself** and **with you** refer to Jesus and God the **Father** being physically near to each other. If this use of **with** might be confusing to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Father, glorify me at your side with the glory that I had at your side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 17 5 g8at guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 17 5 ximp figs-imperative δόξασόν 1 Father Here, **glorify** is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please glorify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
JHN 17 5 xhph figs-abstractnouns τῇ δόξῃ 1 Father If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with the glorious characteristics” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2217,7 +2217,7 @@ JHN 17 12 blz4 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 so t
|
|||
JHN 17 13 p71q figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the world See how you translated **the world** in [verse 11](../17/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 13 jp4v figs-activepassive ἵνα ἔχωσιν τὴν χαρὰν τὴν ἐμὴν, πεπληρωμένην ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 so that they will have my joy fulfilled in themselves If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that I might give them my full joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 17 14 bc1y figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον σου 1 I have given them your word See how you translated **your word** in [verse 6](../17/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 14 qf43 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος…ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου…ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world … because they are not of the world … I am not of the world Here, **the world** refers to the people in **the world** who oppose God. If this use of **the world** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people who oppose you … from those who oppose you … I am not from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 14 qf43 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος…ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου…ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world … because they are not of the world … I am not of the world Here, **the world** refers to the people in **the world** who oppose God. If this use of **the world** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people who oppose you … from those who oppose you … I am not from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 14 wz9e figs-explicit οὐκ εἰσὶν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου, καθὼς ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου 1 The phrase **from the world** could refer to: (1) the place where the subject belongs. Alternate translation: “they do not belong to the world, just as I do not belong to the world” (2) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “they did not come from the world, just as I did not come from the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 17 15 hg22 figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to both being on the earth and being among the people in the **world** who oppose God. See how you translated this use of **world** in [verse 11](../17/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 15 s3vp figs-explicit τηρήσῃς αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 keep them from the evil one Here, **the evil one** refers to Satan. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you would keep them from Satan, the evil one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2229,18 +2229,18 @@ JHN 17 18 bh1a figs-metonymy εἰς τὸν κόσμον…εἰς τὸν κό
|
|||
JHN 17 19 zam3 figs-explicit ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἐγὼ ἁγιάζω ἐμαυτόν 1 Jesus uses the phrases **for their sakes** and **sanctified** together to refer to his sacrificial death on the cross. If this clause might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for their sakes I have sanctified myself to die as a sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 17 19 z4z8 figs-activepassive ἵνα ὦσιν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἡγιασμένοι ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 so that they themselves may also be set apart in truth If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that they may also sanctify themselves in truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 17 19 x08k figs-explicit ἡγιασμένοι ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 so that they themselves may also be set apart in truth The phrase **in truth** could refer to: (1) the means by which Jesus’ disciples would be sanctified. Alternate translation: “sanctified by means of truth” (2) the nature or degree of their sanctification. Alternate translation: “truly sanctified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 17 20 n7mp figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦ λόγου αὐτῶν 1 those who will believe in me through their word Here, **word** refers to the message that Jesus and his disciples proclaimed. If this use of **word** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “through their message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 20 n7mp figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦ λόγου αὐτῶν 1 those who will believe in me through their word Here, **word** refers to the message that Jesus and his disciples proclaimed. If this use of **word** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “through their message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 21 jwiu figs-explicit ἵνα…ἵνα 1 The first **that** in this verse indicates one of Jesus’ prayer requests, namely, that all those who believe in Jesus would be united to each other. The second **that** indicates another prayer request, namely, that all those who believe in Jesus would be united to Jesus and God the Father. If this would not be clear in your language, you could make these two prayer requests more explicit by making them into two sentences. Alternate translation: “I request that … I also request that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 17 21 s8a1 figs-doublet σύ, Πάτερ, ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν σοί 1 they will all be one, just as you, Father, are in me, and I am in you. May they also be in us These two phrases mean basically the same thing. See how you translated a similar phrase in [10:38](../10/38.md). Alternate translation: “you, Father, and I are completely joined together as one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
JHN 17 21 yt2w guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 17 21 v6i7 ἵνα ὁ κόσμος πιστεύῃ ὅτι σύ με ἀπέστειλας 1 Here, **so that** could indicate: (1) that what follows is the purpose for believers to be united to Jesus and God the Father, as in the UST. (2) that what follows is the result of believers being united to Jesus and God the Father. Alternate translation (with a comma preceding): “with the result that the world would believe that you have sent me”
|
||||
JHN 17 21 nef9 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world Here, **the world** is used figuratively to refer to all the people in **the world**. See how you translated **the world** in [1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 22 p4mj figs-infostructure κἀγὼ τὴν, δόξαν ἣν δέδωκάς μοι, δέδωκα αὐτοῖς 1 The glory that you gave me, I have given to them If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “I have also given to them the glory that you gave to me” or “I have honored them just as you have honored me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||||
JHN 17 23 yznz figs-explicit ἐγὼ ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 that they may be brought to complete unity This verse explains the statement “they would be one, just as we are one,” which is in the previous verse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I mean that I am in them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 17 23 yznz figs-explicit ἐγὼ ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 that they may be brought to complete unity This verse explains the statement “they would be one, just as we are one,” which is in the previous verse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I mean that I am in them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 17 23 fld5 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα ὦσιν τετελειωμένοι εἰς ἕν 1 that they may be brought to complete unity Here, **so that** indicates that this is the second purpose for Jesus giving the glory he received from God to those who believe in him, which he stated in the previous verse. If this use of **so that** might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly by repeating the idea from the previous verse and starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “I have given them your glory so that they may be completely united” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
JHN 17 23 spot grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα γινώσκῃ ὁ κόσμος ὅτι σύ με ἀπέστειλας 1 that they may be brought to complete unity Here, **so that** could refer to: (1) the purpose for those who believe in Jesus being **complete as one**. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of the world knowing that you send me” (2) a third purpose for Jesus giving the glory he received from God to those who believe in him. This interpretation would require making a new sentence. Alternate translation: “I have also given them your glory so that the world may know that you sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
JHN 17 23 s7ph figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 that the world will know See how you translated **the world** in [verse 21](../17/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 23 mm2f figs-explicit ἠγάπησας αὐτοὺς 1 Here, **them** refers to those who believe in Jesus, just like **them** does at the beginning of the verse. These believers are also the main subject of Jesus prayer in [verses 20–26](../17/20.md). If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you loved those who believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 17 23 mm2f figs-explicit ἠγάπησας αὐτοὺς 1 Here, **them** refers to those who believe in Jesus, just like **them** does at the beginning of the verse. These believers are also the main subject of Jesus' prayer in [verses 20–26](../17/20.md). If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you loved those who believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 17 24 da83 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 17 24 pd24 figs-pastforfuture ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ 1 where I am Here Jesus uses **am** in the present tense to refer to something that will happen in the near future. If this is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “where I will soon be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 17 24 xh1a figs-explicit ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ 1 where I am Jesus uses **where I am** to refer to heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “where I am in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2251,45 +2251,45 @@ JHN 17 25 xpf5 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος σε οὐκ ἔγνω 1 the world
|
|||
JHN 17 26 xpi3 figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά 1 I made your name known to them Here, **name** refers to God himself. See how you translated this word in [verse 6](../17/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 26 gk2j figs-metaphor ἡ ἀγάπη ἣν ἠγάπησάς με, ἐν αὐτοῖς ᾖ 1 love … loved Here Jesus speaks of God’s **love** figuratively as if it were an object that could be inside a person. If this use of **love** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they may love others in the same way that you have loved me” or “the love with which you have loved me may be experienced by them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 17 26 ilzj figs-idiom κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 love … loved Here, Jesus uses the word **in** to express the close personal relationship between himself and those who believe in him. See how you translated a similar phrase in [10:38](../10/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 18 intro ltl2 0 # John 18 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Soldiers and guards arrest Jesus (18:1–11)<br>2. The priests question Jesus and Peter denies Jesus (18:12–27)<br>3. Pilate questions Jesus (18:28–40)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “It is not lawful for us to put any man to death”<br><br>The Roman government did not allow the Jews to kill criminals, so the Jews needed to ask Pilate, the governor, to kill him ([18:31](../18/31.md)).<br><br>### King of the Jews<br><br>When Pilate asked if Jesus were the King of the Jews ([18:33](../18/33.md)), he was asking if Jesus were claiming to be a political leader like King Herod, whom the Romans allowed to rule Judea. When he asked the crowd if he should release the King of the Jews ([18:39](../18/39.md)), he is mocking the Jews, because the Romans and Jews hated each other. He was also mocking Jesus, because he did not think that Jesus was a king at all. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
JHN 18 intro ltl2 0 # John 18 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Soldiers and guards arrest Jesus (18:1–11)\n2. The priests question Jesus, and Peter denies Jesus (18:12–27)\n3. Pilate questions Jesus (18:28–40)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “It is not lawful for us to put any man to death”\n\nThe Roman government did not allow the Jews to kill criminals, so the Jews needed to ask Pilate, the governor, to kill him ([18:31](../18/31.md)).\n\n### King of the Jews\n\nWhen Pilate asked if Jesus were the King of the Jews ([18:33](../18/33.md)), he was asking if Jesus were claiming to be a political leader like King Herod, whom the Romans allowed to rule Judea. When he asked the crowd if he should release the King of the Jews ([18:39](../18/39.md)), he is mocking the Jews, because the Romans and Jews hated each other. He was also mocking Jesus, because he did not think that Jesus was a king at all. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
JHN 18 1 sq3t writing-background 0 General Information: [Verses 1–2](../18/01.md) give background information for the events that follow. Verse 1 says where the events took place. Verse 2 gives background information about Judas. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 18 1 cxz8 writing-newevent ταῦτα εἰπὼν, Ἰησοῦς 1 After Jesus spoke these words John uses this phrase to mark the beginning of a new event that happened soon after the events that the story has just told. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Soon after Jesus spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
JHN 18 1 pxtm figs-possession τοῦ χειμάρρου τοῦ Κεδρὼν 1 Kidron Valley John is using **of** to describe a **brook** that is called **Kidron**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the Kidron Brook” or “the brook that people called ‘Kidron’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
JHN 18 1 z9bw translate-names τοῦ χειμάρρου τοῦ Κεδρὼν 1 Kidron Valley **Kidron** is a valley in Jerusalem that is between the Temple Mount from the Mount of Olives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 18 1 z9bw translate-names τοῦ χειμάρρου τοῦ Κεδρὼν 1 Kidron Valley **Kidron** is a valley in Jerusalem that is between the Temple Mount and the Mount of Olives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 18 1 w3zx figs-explicit ὅπου ἦν κῆπος 1 where there was a garden The word translated **garden** can refer to a place with flowers, vegetables, or trees. [Matthew 26:36](../../mat/26/36.md) and [Mark 14:32](../../mrk/14/32.md) indicate that the **garden** that Jesus and his disciples went to was a grove of olive trees. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “where there was a grove of olive trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 3 j08o ὑπηρέτας 1 See how you translated this word in [7:32](../07/32.md).
|
||||
JHN 18 3 h1u5 figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 18 4 sh2u grammar-connect-logic-result εἰδὼς πάντα τὰ ἐρχόμενα ἐπ’ αὐτὸν 1 Then Jesus, who knew all the things that were happening to him Here, **knowing** introduces a clause that indicates the reason why Jesus went out to meet the soldiers and guards. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “since he knew all things happening to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JHN 18 5 vg2d translate-names Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον 1 Jesus of Nazareth The soldiers and guards call Jesus **the Nazarene** because he was from the town of Nazareth in Galilee. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a more natural expression in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus from the town of Nazareth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 18 4 sh2u grammar-connect-logic-result εἰδὼς πάντα τὰ ἐρχόμενα ἐπ’ αὐτὸν 1 Then Jesus, who knew all the things that were happening to him Here, **knowing** introduces a clause that indicates the reason why Jesus went out to meet the soldiers and guards. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “since he knew all things happening to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JHN 18 5 vg2d translate-names Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον 1 Jesus of Nazareth The soldiers and guards call Jesus **the Nazarene** because he was from the town of Nazareth in Galilee. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a more natural expression in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus, from the town of Nazareth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 18 5 qxyj figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 18 5 fd9y figs-ellipsis ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I am This could mean: (1) Jesus is just answering their question. In this case he is leaving out some of a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Alternate translation: “I am he” or “I am whom you are looking for” (2) Jesus is not only answering their question but also identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM” in [Exodus 3:14](../../exo/03/14.md). Alternate translation: “I am God” or “I am the I AM” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 18 5 fd9y figs-ellipsis ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I am This could mean: (1) Jesus is just answering their question. In this case he is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Alternate translation: “I am he” or “I am whom you are looking for” (2) Jesus is not only answering their question but also identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM” in [Exodus 3:14](../../exo/03/14.md). Alternate translation: “I am God” or “I am the I AM” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 18 5 g4hx writing-background ἵστήκει δὲ καὶ Ἰούδας, ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν, μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 who betrayed him In this sentence John provides background information about Judas’ location when he was **betraying** Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now Judas was also there with them to betray Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 18 6 b8tl figs-ellipsis ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I am See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 18 6 b8tl figs-ellipsis ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I am See how you translated **I am** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 18 6 w38n figs-explicit ἔπεσαν χαμαί 1 fell to the ground Here John implies that the men fell to the ground involuntarily because of Jesus’ power. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “fell to the ground because of Jesus’ power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 7 uf85 translate-names Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον 1 Jesus of Nazareth See how you translated this in [verse 5](../18/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 18 8 xdp8 figs-ellipsis ἐγώ εἰμι 1 See how you translated this in [verse 5](../18/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 18 7 uf85 translate-names Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον 1 Jesus of Nazareth See how you translated **Jesus the Nazarene** in [verse 5](../18/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 18 8 xdp8 figs-ellipsis ἐγώ εἰμι 1 See how you translated **I am** in [verse 5](../18/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 18 9 l8as writing-background 0 In this verse John provides some background information about Jesus fulfilling Scripture. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 18 9 zpbq figs-activepassive ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὃν εἶπεν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This happened in order to fulfill the word that he had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 18 9 bjp9 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος ὃν εἶπεν 1 This was in order to fulfill the word that he said Here, **the word** refers to what Jesus said while praying to God the Father in [17:12](../17/12.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “what he had said when he was praying to his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 18 10 betq translate-names Σίμων…Πέτρος 1 See how you translated this name in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 18 10 yq44 figs-explicit μάχαιραν 1 The word translated **sword** here refers to a small sword that is similar to a dagger or long knife. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “a dagger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 10 fe37 translate-names Μάλχος 1 Malchus Malchus is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 18 9 bjp9 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος ὃν εἶπεν 1 This was in order to fulfill the word that he said Here, **the word** refers to what Jesus said while praying to God the Father in [17:12](../17/12.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “what he had said when he was praying to his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 18 10 betq translate-names Σίμων…Πέτρος 1 See how you translated **Simon Peter** in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 18 10 yq44 figs-explicit μάχαιραν 1 The word translated **sword** here refers to a small sword that is similar to a dagger or long knife. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “a dagger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 10 fe37 translate-names Μάλχος 1 Malchus **Malchus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 18 11 ghz6 figs-rquestion τὸ ποτήριον ὃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὐ μὴ πίω αὐτό? 1 Should I not drink the cup that the Father has given me? **Jesus** is using the form of a question to add emphasis to his statement. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I should certainly drink the cup that the Father has given to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 11 m4f3 figs-metaphor τὸ ποτήριον ὃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὐ μὴ πίω αὐτό 1 the cup Here Jesus uses **cup** figuratively to refer to the sufferings he will soon experience as if they were a **cup** of bitter-tasting liquid that God would give him to **drink**. If this use of **cup** and **drink** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “My suffering which the Father wants me to endure, should I certainly not endure it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 18 11 m4f3 figs-metaphor τὸ ποτήριον ὃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὐ μὴ πίω αὐτό 1 the cup Here Jesus uses **cup** figuratively to refer to the sufferings he will soon experience as if they were a **cup** of bitter-tasting liquid that God would give him to **drink**. If this use of **cup** and **drink** would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “My suffering which the Father wants me to endure, should I certainly not endure it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 18 11 cjx7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 18 12 cl3f figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 12 i6bz figs-explicit ἔδησαν αὐτὸν 1 seized Jesus and tied him up The soldiers **tied** Jesus’ hands together in order to prevent him from escaping. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “tied his hands to prevent him from escaping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 13 tiki translate-names Ἅνναν…τοῦ Καϊάφα 1 **Annas** and **Caiaphas** are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 18 13 je4z figs-explicit πρὸς Ἅνναν πρῶτον, ἦν γὰρ πενθερὸς τοῦ Καϊάφα, ὃς ἦν ἀρχιερεὺς τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ἐκείνου 1 Usually there would only have been one high priest, but at this time the Romans were appointing the high priests for Judea and it caused a controversy. One Roman official had appointed **Annas**, but ten years later another official deposed him and caused **Caiaphas** to be **high priest** instead. However, the Jews still considered Annas to be **high priest**. It would probably be best to state the matter as simply as possible for your readers. Alternate translation: “first to the high priest Annas, for he was the father-in-law of Caiaphas, who was the other high priest that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 13 je4z figs-explicit πρὸς Ἅνναν πρῶτον, ἦν γὰρ πενθερὸς τοῦ Καϊάφα, ὃς ἦν ἀρχιερεὺς τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ἐκείνου 1 Usually there would only have been one high priest, but at this time the Romans were appointing the high priests for Judea, and it caused a controversy. One Roman official had appointed **Annas**, but ten years later another official deposed him and caused **Caiaphas** to be **high priest** instead. However, the Jews still considered Annas to be **high priest**. It would probably be best to state the matter as simply as possible for your readers. Alternate translation: “first to the high priest Annas, for he was the father-in-law of Caiaphas, who was the other high priest that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 14 kzvh writing-background 0 In this verse John interrupts the main storyline in order to provide some background information about Caiaphas. This information helps the reader understand why they took Jesus to Caiaphas. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 18 14 xq5l figs-synecdoche τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 See how you translated this term in [verse 12](../18/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 14 xq5l figs-synecdoche τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 See how you translated **to the Jews** in [verse 12](../18/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 14 fkx1 συμφέρει ἕνα ἄνθρωπον ἀποθανεῖν ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ 1 See how you translated the similar clause in [11:50](../11/50.md).
|
||||
JHN 18 14 uqs5 figs-ellipsis συμφέρει ἕνα ἄνθρωπον ἀποθανεῖν ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ 1 Caiaphas is leaving out a clause that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from his original statement in [11:50](../11/50.md). Alternate translation: “it would be better for one man to die on behalf of the people than let the Romans kill all of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 18 15 p7ms translate-names Σίμων Πέτρος 1 See how you translated this name in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 18 15 xshi figs-explicit ἠκολούθει…τῷ Ἰησοῦ…ἄλλος μαθητής. ὁ δὲ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ἦν γνωστὸς τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ, καὶ συνεισῆλθεν 1 Here, **another disciple** and **that disciple** could refer to: (1) the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. This interpretation would mean that these phrases would be similar to the phrase “the other disciple whom Jesus loved” that occurs in ([20:2](../20/02.md)). Alternate translation: “I, another disciple, followed Jesus. Now I was known to the high priest, and I entered” (2) an unknown disciple. Alternate translation: “a certain disciple, followed Jesus. Now that other disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 14 uqs5 figs-ellipsis συμφέρει ἕνα ἄνθρωπον ἀποθανεῖν ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ 1 Caiaphas is leaving out a clause that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from his original statement in [11:50](../11/50.md). Alternate translation: “it would be better for one man to die on behalf of the people than to let the Romans kill all of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 18 15 p7ms translate-names Σίμων Πέτρος 1 See how you translated **Simon Peter** in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 18 15 xshi figs-explicit ἠκολούθει…τῷ Ἰησοῦ…ἄλλος μαθητής. ὁ δὲ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ἦν γνωστὸς τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ, καὶ συνεισῆλθεν 1 Here, **another disciple** and **that disciple** could refer to: (1) the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. This interpretation would mean that these phrases would be similar to the phrase “the other disciple, whom Jesus loved” that occurs in ([20:2](../20/02.md)). Alternate translation: “I, another disciple, followed Jesus. Now I was known to the high priest, and I entered” (2) an unknown disciple. Alternate translation: “a certain disciple, followed Jesus. Now that other disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 15 hch7 figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ἦν γνωστὸς τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ 1 Now that disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered with Jesus If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now the high priest knew that disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 18 15 sr05 figs-explicit τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ…τοῦ ἀρχιερέως 1 Now that disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered with Jesus In verses 15–23, **the high priest** refers to Annas, which is indicated in [verse 13](../18/13.md). It does not refer to Caiaphas. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the high priest Annas … of Annas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 16 o10j figs-explicit ὁ μαθητὴς ὁ ἄλλος 1 See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 15 sr05 figs-explicit τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ…τοῦ ἀρχιερέως 1 Now that disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered with Jesus In verses 15–23, **the high priest** refers to Annas, which is indicated in [verse 13](../18/13.md). It does not refer to Caiaphas. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the high priest Annas … of Annas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 16 o10j figs-explicit ὁ μαθητὴς ὁ ἄλλος 1 See how you translated **the other disciple** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 16 utf4 figs-activepassive ὅς ἦν γνωστὸς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως 1 So the other disciple, who was known to the high priest If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom the high priest knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 18 17 xw8d figs-pastforfuture λέγει…λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 18 17 r82l figs-rquestion μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν εἶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου? 1 Are you not also one of the disciples of this man? The **female servant** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that she believes **Peter** is one of Jesus’ **disciples**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are certainly also from the disciples of this man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2297,15 +2297,15 @@ JHN 18 18 hbw6 writing-background 0 In this verse John interrupts the main sto
|
|||
JHN 18 18 g8xj figs-infostructure ἵστήκεισαν δὲ οἱ δοῦλοι καὶ οἱ ὑπηρέται, ἀνθρακιὰν πεποιηκότες, ὅτι ψῦχος ἦν, καὶ ἐθερμαίνοντο 1 Now If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “Now because it was cold, the servants and the officers had made a charcoal fire and were standing there, warming themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||||
JHN 18 18 bbe9 figs-explicit οἱ δοῦλοι 1 Now the servants and the officers were standing there, and they had made a charcoal fire, for it was cold, and they were warming themselves Here, **the servants** refers to the personal **servants** of the high priest. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the servants of the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 19 e8h3 figs-explicit ὁ…ἀρχιερεὺς 1 The high priest According to [18:13](../18/13.md) the **high priest** here is Annas. He would later send Jesus to Caiaphas in [verse 24](../18/24.md). If this use of **high priest** might confuse your readers, you could say who the person is explicitly. Alternate translation: “Annas, the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 20 h2kj figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 I have spoken openly to the world Here Jesus uses **the world** figuratively to refer to all of the people in the world. If this use of **world** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 18 20 h2kj figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 I have spoken openly to the world Here Jesus uses **the world** figuratively to refer to all of the people in the world. If this use of **world** would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 18 20 ltlp figs-hyperbole ἐγὼ παρρησίᾳ λελάληκα τῷ κόσμῳ 1 Here, **to the world** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses to emphasize that he spoke publicly. If this would confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows emphasis. Alternate translation: “I have spoken openly to the people” or “I have spoken openly for everyone to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 18 20 s4k6 figs-genericnoun ἐν συναγωγῇ 1 Jesus is speaking of synagogues in general, not of one particular **synagogue**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “in synagogues” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
JHN 18 20 vcv3 figs-hyperbole ὅπου πάντες οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι συνέρχονται 1 where all the Jews come together Here, **all the Jews** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses to emphasize that Jesus spoke where many Jewish people could hear him. If this would confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows emphasis. Alternate translation: “where so many Jews come together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 18 20 ebdf figs-explicit οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish people in general. It does not refer to the Jewish leaders. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 20 ebdf figs-explicit οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish people in general. It does not refer to the Jewish leaders. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 21 dlu6 figs-rquestion τί με ἐρωτᾷς? 1 Why did you ask me? Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. The Jewish law required the Jewish leaders to question witnesses first in legal cases. Therefore, Jesus is using this question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders are breaking their own law by questioning him instead of questioning witnesses. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not be asking me these questions!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 21 x42e figs-metaphor ἴδε 1 Why did you ask me? Jesus uses **Behold** to call attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. Alternate translation: “Take notice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 18 22 ri22 writing-quotations ἔδωκεν ῥάπισμα τῷ Ἰησοῦ εἰπών 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “gave Jesus a slap and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
JHN 18 22 szv3 figs-rquestion οὕτως ἀποκρίνῃ τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ? 1 Is that how you answer the high priest? The officer is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not answer the high priest in this manner!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 22 szv3 figs-rquestion οὕτως ἀποκρίνῃ τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ? 1 Is that how you answer the high priest? The officer is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation, and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not answer the high priest in this manner!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 23 d76y μαρτύρησον περὶ τοῦ κακοῦ 1 testify about the wrong Alternate translation: “tell me what I said that was wrong”
|
||||
JHN 18 23 r8dy figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ καλῶς, τί με δέρεις? 1 if rightly, why do you hit me? **Jesus** is using the form of a question to add emphasis to what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “but if rightly, you should not strike me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 24 mojw figs-explicit ὁ Ἅννας…πρὸς Καϊάφαν τὸν ἀρχιερέα 1 if rightly, why do you hit me? For political reasons both **Annas** and **Caiaphas** were high priests at this time. See how you translated these names in [verse 13](../18/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2314,7 +2314,7 @@ JHN 18 25 l2bj figs-rquestion μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν
|
|||
JHN 18 26 oka8 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐγώ σε εἶδον ἐν τῷ κήπῳ μετ’ αὐτοῦ? 1 One of the high priest’s **servants** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he believes **Peter** is one of Jesus’ disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I surely saw you in the garden with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 26 jfba figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 18 26 pj7v figs-explicit τῷ κήπῳ 1 See how you translated **garden** in [verse 1](../18/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 27 msy6 figs-explicit πάλιν οὖν ἠρνήσατο Πέτρος 1 Peter then denied again Here **it** refers to **Peter** knowing and being with Jesus. If this use of **it** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Peter then denied again that he knew Jesus or had been with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 27 msy6 figs-explicit πάλιν οὖν ἠρνήσατο Πέτρος 1 Peter then denied again Here **it** refers to **Peter** knowing and being with Jesus. If this use of **it** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Peter then denied again that he knew Jesus or had been with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 27 jww8 translate-unknown ἀλέκτωρ 1 immediately the rooster crowed See how you translated **rooster** in [13:38](../13/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
JHN 18 28 a6e7 0 General Information: Here John changes topics from describing what Peter was doing to describing what was happening to Jesus. In the next section, Jesus’ accusers bring him to Caiaphas to be questioned by him.
|
||||
JHN 18 28 r4fk writing-pronouns ἄγουσιν 1 Here, **they** refers to the Jewish leaders and temple guards who were accusing Jesus. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “They the Jewish authorities and their guards led” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2322,26 +2322,26 @@ JHN 18 28 ija7 figs-explicit ἄγουσιν οὖν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀ
|
|||
JHN 18 28 fyx3 figs-explicit εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον 1 The **governor’s palace** refers to the headquarters of the Roman governor. The next verse indicates that the Roman governor’s name was Pilate. If this would confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the house of the Roman governor, Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 28 v6e4 writing-background ἦν δὲ πρωΐ. καὶ αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν, ἀλλὰ φάγωσιν τὸ Πάσχα 1 In this sentence John interrupts the main storyline in order to provide some background information about why the Jewish people with Jesus did not enter the **governor’s palace**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 18 28 h3vx figs-doublenegatives αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν, ἀλλὰ φάγωσιν τὸ Πάσχα 1 they did not enter the government headquarters so that they would not be defiled If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “they remained outside the governor’s palace so that they would remain ceremonially clean, and might eat the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 18 28 f47s figs-explicit αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν, ἀλλὰ φάγωσιν τὸ Πάσχα 1 Pilate, the Roman governor, was not a Jew. The Jewish leaders believed that they would become ceremonially unclean if they entered the house of someone who was not a Jew. If they became ceremonially unclean, then they would not be allowed to celebrate the Passover Festival. Therefore, the Jewish leaders did not enter the governor’s palace. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain this in the simplest way possible. Alternate translation: “they themselves did not enter into the governor’s palace because the governor was a Gentile. They believed that entering a Gentile’s home would defile them, so that they would not be allowed to eat the Passover.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 28 bj1x figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 John is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If your readers might not understand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 18 28 f47s figs-explicit αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν, ἀλλὰ φάγωσιν τὸ Πάσχα 1 Pilate, the Roman governor, was not a Jew. The Jewish leaders believed that they would become ceremonially unclean if they entered the house of someone who was not a Jew. If they became ceremonially unclean, then they would not be allowed to celebrate the Passover festival. Therefore, the Jewish leaders did not enter the governor’s palace. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain this in the simplest way possible. Alternate translation: “they themselves did not enter into the governor’s palace because the governor was a Gentile. They believed that entering a Gentile’s home would defile them, so that they would not be allowed to eat the Passover.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 28 bj1x figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 John is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If your readers might not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 18 29 g7jo translate-names ὁ Πειλᾶτος 1 **Pilate** is the name of a man. He was the Roman governor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 18 40 ovim translate-names τὸν Βαραββᾶν…ὁ Βαραββᾶς 1 **Barabbas** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 18 29 c9aj figs-abstractnouns τίνα κατηγορίαν φέρετε κατὰ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **accusation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “What crime do you accuse this man of doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JHN 18 30 j9w3 figs-explicit οὗτος 1 Here the Jewish leaders say **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 30 pup9 grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν 1 If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you The Jewish leaders are making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but they are already convinced that the condition is not true. They have concluded that Jesus is an evildoer. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If this one were not an evildoer, but he is, we would not have handed him over to you, but we are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
|
||||
JHN 18 30 j9w3 figs-explicit οὗτος 1 Here the Jewish leaders say "**this one**" as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 30 pup9 grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν 1 If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you The Jewish leaders are making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but they are already convinced that the condition is not true. They have concluded that Jesus is an evildoer. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If this one were not an evildoer, but he is, we would not have handed him over to you, but we are (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
|
||||
JHN 18 30 gj5s figs-doublenegatives εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν 1 If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “This man is an evildoer, so we have brought him to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 18 31 ln9s figs-synecdoche εἶπον αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews said to him Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 31 ph54 figs-explicit ἡμῖν οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἀποκτεῖναι οὐδένα 1 It is not lawful for us to put any man to death According to Roman law, the Jews could not **put anyone to death**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “According to Roman law, it is not lawful for us to put anyone to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 32 s3l4 writing-background 0 General Information: In this verse John interrupts the main storyline in order to provide some background information about Jesus predicting how he would die. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 18 32 ta7m figs-activepassive ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ πληρωθῇ 1 so that the word of Jesus would be fulfilled If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This happened in order to fulfill the word of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 18 32 tu3c figs-explicit σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν 1 to indicate by what kind of death he would die Here, **kind of death** refers to the manner in which Jesus would die. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to indicate in what manner he was about to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 33 tr28 figs-explicit ἐφώνησεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 Here, **summoned** implies that **Pilate** ordered some of his soldiers to bring Jesus to him inside his headquarters. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “ordered his soldiers to bring Jesus inside to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 32 tu3c figs-explicit σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν 1 to indicate by what kind of death he would die Here, **kind of death** refers to the manner in which Jesus would die. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to indicate in what manner he was about to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 33 tr28 figs-explicit ἐφώνησεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 Here, **summoned** implies that **Pilate** ordered some of his soldiers to bring Jesus to him inside his headquarters. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “ordered his soldiers to bring Jesus inside to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 34 liov figs-explicit ἀπὸ σεαυτοῦ 1 Here, **from** indicates the origin of Pilate’s question. Jesus is asking Pilate if the question Pilate asked in the previous verse was his own idea. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “based on your own idea” or “on your own initiative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 35 kfq5 figs-rquestion μήτι ἐγὼ Ἰουδαῖός εἰμι? 1 I am not a Jew, am I? **Pilate** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he was not interested in Jewish religious disagreements. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Well I am certainly not a Jew, and I have no interest in these matters!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 35 en38 figs-metonymy τὸ ἔθνος τὸ σὸν 1 Your own people Here, **nation** refers to the people who were part of the Jewish **nation**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 18 35 en38 figs-metonymy τὸ ἔθνος τὸ σὸν 1 Your own people Here, **nation** refers to the people who were part of the Jewish **nation**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 18 36 wsd9 figs-explicit ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου…ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 2 My kingdom is not of this world See how you translated **from this world** in [8:23](../08/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 36 gq19 figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου τούτου…τοῦ κόσμου τούτου…ἐντεῦθεν 2 My kingdom is not of this world In this verse, Jesus uses **this world** and **here** figuratively to refer to everything in the universe that has been corrupted by sin and is hostile to God. See how you translated a similar use of **this world** in [8:23](../08/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 18 36 bf3i grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἦν ἡ βασιλεία ἡ ἐμή, οἱ ὑπηρέται οἱ ἐμοὶ ἠγωνίζοντο ἄν, ἵνα μὴ παραδοθῶ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 My kingdom is not of this world Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he already knows that the condition is not true. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If my kingdom were from this world, but it is not, my servants would fight so that I would not be handed over to the Jews, but they did not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
|
||||
JHN 18 36 bf3i grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἦν ἡ βασιλεία ἡ ἐμή, οἱ ὑπηρέται οἱ ἐμοὶ ἠγωνίζοντο ἄν, ἵνα μὴ παραδοθῶ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 My kingdom is not of this world Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he already knows that the condition is not true. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If my kingdom were from this world, but it is not, my servants would fight so that I would not be handed over to the Jews, but they do not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
|
||||
JHN 18 36 s2lq figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ παραδοθῶ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 so that I would not be given over to the Jews If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that someone would not have handed me over to the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 18 36 pu8j figs-synecdoche τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 37 pfgj figs-extrainfo σὺ λέγεις ὅτι βασιλεύς εἰμι 1 I have come into the world Here Jesus is probably answering Pilate’s question in the affirmative. However, since he doesn’t clearly say, ‘Yes, I am a king,’ you do not need to explain the meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2350,27 +2350,27 @@ JHN 18 37 ug7i figs-explicit τὸν κόσμον 1 I have come into the world H
|
|||
JHN 18 37 gl3k figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 bear witness to the truth Here, **truth** refers to what Jesus reveals about God, which would include his plan for forgiving sinful people through Jesus’ death on the cross. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to the true things about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JHN 18 37 ltn9 figs-idiom ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 who belongs to the truth This phrase is an idiom that refers to someone who believes the **truth** about God. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who believes the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 18 37 b8gv figs-metaphor ἀκούει 1 who belongs to the truth Here, **hears** means to listen to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated this word in [8:43](../08/43.md). Alternate translation: “heeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 18 37 fa97 figs-synecdoche μου τῆς φωνῆς 1 my voice Jesus uses **voice** figuratively to refer to what Jesus says. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the things I say” or “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 37 fa97 figs-synecdoche μου τῆς φωνῆς 1 my voice Jesus uses **voice** figuratively to refer to what Jesus says. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the things I say” or “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 38 ygns figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 18 38 zbm5 figs-rquestion τί ἐστιν ἀλήθεια? 1 What is truth? **Pilate** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he does not believe anyone really knows what **truth** is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one can know the truth!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 38 lcrg figs-abstractnouns ἀλήθεια 1 What is truth? Here, **truth** refers to any true information. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “What is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JHN 18 38 rma7 figs-synecdoche τοὺς Ἰουδαίους 1 the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 38 h1b8 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ οὐδεμίαν αἰτίαν εὑρίσκω ἐν αὐτῷ 1 **Pilate** speaks figuratively of **guilt** as if it were an object that can be inside a person. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “I find no evidence that he is guilty of any crime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 18 39 nhqn figs-explicit ἕνα ἀπολύσω ὑμῖν 1 Pilate implies that he would **release** a prisoner when the Jewish leaders asked him to do so. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would release one prisoner to you at your request” or “I would release one prisoner to you when you asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 39 fm16 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ Πάσχα 1 Here, **the Passover** refers to the entire **Passover** Festival. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the Passover Festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 39 fm16 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ Πάσχα 1 Here, **the Passover** refers to the entire **Passover** festival. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the Passover festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 40 xdxz writing-quotations ἐκραύγασαν…πάλιν λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “they cried out again and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
JHN 18 40 a7pl figs-ellipsis μὴ τοῦτον, ἀλλὰ τὸν Βαραββᾶν 1 Not this man, but Barabbas The Jewish leaders are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Do not release this one, but release Barabbas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 18 40 qy3p figs-explicit τοῦτον 1 Not this man, but Barabbas Here the Jewish leaders say **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 40 h11k writing-background ἦν δὲ ὁ Βαραββᾶς λῃστής 1 Now Barabbas was a robber In this sentence John provides background information about **Barabbas**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 18 40 gq8w λῃστής 1 Now Barabbas was a robber The word usually translated **robber** can also refer to an insurrectionist, as is indicated by the description of **Barabbas** in [Mark 15:7](../../mrk/15/07). Alternate translation: “an insurrectionist”
|
||||
JHN 19 intro u96u 0 # John 19 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Soldiers beat and mock Jesus (19:1–3)<br>2. The Jewish leaders convince Pilate to crucify Jesus (19:4–16)<br>3. Soldiers crucify Jesus (19:17–27)<br>4. Jesus dies on the cross (19:28–37)<br>5. Jesus’ friends put his body in a tomb (19:38–42)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text in order to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [19:24](../19/24.md), which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Purple garment”<br><br>Purple is a color like red or blue. The soldiers mocked Jesus by putting him in a purple garment. This was because kings wore purple garments. They spoke and acted like they were giving honor to a king, but everyone knew that they were doing it because they hated Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>### “You are not Caesar’s friend”<br><br>Pilate knew that Jesus was not a criminal, so he did not want to have his soldiers kill him. But the Jews told him that Jesus was claiming to be a king, and anyone who did that was breaking Caesar’s laws ([19:12](../19/12.md)).<br><br>### Ancient Jewish burial customs<br><br>According to the burial customs of that time, a dead person’s family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. According to Jewish tradition, the body was left to decompose in the tomb for one year. Then the family would then place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 39–42](../19/39.md).<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([19:41](../19/41.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Sarcasm<br><br>The soldiers were insulting Jesus when they said, “Hail, King of the Jews.” Pilate was insulting the Jews when he asked, “Should I crucify your king?” He was probably also insulting both Jesus and the Jews when he wrote, “Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Gabbatha, Golgotha<br><br>John explained the meanings of these two Aramaic words (“The Pavement” and “The Place of a Skull”). Then he used Greek letters to express the sound of these words. You should also use the letters of your language to express the sounds of these Aramaic words.
|
||||
JHN 19 intro u96u 0 # John 19 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Soldiers beat and mock Jesus (19:1–3)\n2. The Jewish leaders convince Pilate to crucify Jesus (19:4–16)\n3. Soldiers crucify Jesus (19:17–27)\n4. Jesus dies on the cross (19:28–37)\n5. Jesus’ friends put his body in a tomb (19:38–42)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text in order to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [19:24](../19/24.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “Purple garment”\n\nPurple is a color like red or blue. The soldiers mocked Jesus by putting him in a purple garment. This was because kings wore purple garments. They spoke and acted like they were giving honor to a king, but everyone knew that they were doing it because they hated Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n### “You are not Caesar’s friend”\n\nPilate knew that Jesus was not a criminal, so he did not want to have his soldiers kill him. But the Jews told him that Jesus was claiming to be a king, and anyone who did that was breaking Caesar’s laws ([19:12](../19/12.md)).\n\n### Ancient Jewish burial customs\n\nAccording to the burial customs of that time, a dead person’s family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. According to Jewish tradition, the body was left to decompose in the tomb for one year. Then the family would then place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 39–42](../19/39.md).\n\n### The tomb\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried ([19:41](../19/41.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Sarcasm\n\nThe soldiers were insulting Jesus when they said, “Hail, King of the Jews.” Pilate was insulting the Jews when he asked, “Should I crucify your king?” He was probably also insulting both Jesus and the Jews when he wrote, “Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Gabbatha, Golgotha\n\nJohn explained the meanings of these two Aramaic words (“The Pavement” and “The Place of a Skull”). Then he used Greek letters to express the sound of these words. You should also use the letters of your language to express the sounds of these Aramaic words.
|
||||
JHN 19 1 u3gi 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Pilate has been speaking outside his headquarters with the Jewish leaders who are accusing Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 19 1 yay2 figs-synecdoche τότε οὖν ἔλαβεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἐμαστίγωσεν 1 Then Pilate took Jesus and whipped him **Pilate** himself did not whip Jesus. John uses **Pilate** to refer to the soldiers whom Pilate ordered to whip Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Pilate then ordered his soldiers to take Jesus and whip him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 2 mzrb figs-synecdoche πλέξαντες στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν 1 John uses **thorns** to refer to branches with **thorns** on them. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “twisted together a crown from thorny branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 2 f1rj figs-explicit ἐπέθηκαν αὐτοῦ τῇ κεφαλῇ, καὶ ἱμάτιον πορφυροῦν περιέβαλον αὐτόν 1 In Roman culture, a **crown** and **purple garment** were worn by kings. The soldiers put a **crown** made from thorns and a **purple garment** on Jesus in order to mock him. If your readers would not understand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. See the discussion of this idea in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “They put it on his head and put a purple garment on him in order to ridicule him by pretending that he was a king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 1 yay2 figs-synecdoche τότε οὖν ἔλαβεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἐμαστίγωσεν 1 Then Pilate took Jesus and whipped him **Pilate** himself did not whip Jesus. John uses **Pilate** to refer to the soldiers whom Pilate ordered to whip Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Pilate then ordered his soldiers to take Jesus and whip him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 2 mzrb figs-synecdoche πλέξαντες στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν 1 John uses **thorns** to refer to small branches with **thorns** on them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “twisted together a crown from thorny branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 2 f1rj figs-explicit ἐπέθηκαν αὐτοῦ τῇ κεφαλῇ, καὶ ἱμάτιον πορφυροῦν περιέβαλον αὐτόν 1 In Roman culture, a **crown** and **purple garment** were worn by kings. The soldiers put a **crown** made from thorns and a **purple garment** on Jesus in order to mock him. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. See the discussion of this idea in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “They put it on his head and put a purple garment on him in order to ridicule him by pretending that he was a king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 3 u4vw figs-irony καὶ ἔλεγον, χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Hail, King of the Jews **Hail** was a common greeting, but the soldiers use this greeting in order to mock Jesus. They also did not believe that Jesus was really the **King of the Jews**. They actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words. If this might confuse your readers, you could provide a brief explanation. Alternate translation: “and they said in a mocking manner, ‘Hail, King of the Jews’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
JHN 19 4 hn1f figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 19 4 zd8v writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the Jewish leaders who had brought Jesus to Pilate. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 19 4 zd8v writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the Jewish leaders who had brought Jesus to Pilate. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 19 4 c6v2 figs-metaphor αἰτίαν ἐν αὐτῷ οὐχ εὑρίσκω 1 I find no guilt in him See how you translated a similar clause in [18:38](../18/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 19 5 wyql figs-go ἐξῆλθεν 1 Your language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
JHN 19 5 t9wn figs-explicit τὸν ἀκάνθινον στέφανον καὶ τὸ πορφυροῦν ἱμάτιον 1 crown of thorns … purple garment See how you translated **crown**, **thorns**, and **purple garment** in [verse 2](../19/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2378,11 +2378,11 @@ JHN 19 5 i2ay figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense
|
|||
JHN 19 6 pgs5 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 19 6 ha6y writing-quotations ἐκραύγασαν λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “they cried out and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
JHN 19 6 bzm0 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ…οὐχ εὑρίσκω ἐν αὐτῷ αἰτίαν 1 See how you translated a similar clause in [verse 4](../19/04.md) and [18:38](../18/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 19 7 x7bg figs-synecdoche ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews answered him Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../-01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 7 vr7p figs-idiom Υἱὸν Θεοῦ ἑαυτὸν ἐποίησεν 1 he has to die because he claimed to be the Son of God Here, **made himself** is an idiom that refers to pretending to be something. If this might confuse your readers, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “he pretended to be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 19 7 x7bg figs-synecdoche ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews answered him Here, **The Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../-01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 7 vr7p figs-idiom Υἱὸν Θεοῦ ἑαυτὸν ἐποίησεν 1 he has to die because he claimed to be the Son of God Here, **made himself** is an idiom that refers to pretending to be something they think he is not. If this might confuse your readers, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “he pretended to be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 19 7 xt93 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸν Θεοῦ 1 Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 19 8 lw3u figs-metonymy τοῦτον τὸν λόγον 1 Here, **word** refers to the what the Jewish leaders said in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “what they said about Jesus claiming to be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 19 8 nx2u figs-ellipsis μᾶλλον ἐφοβήθη 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he came even more afraid of condemning Jesus” or “he came even more afraid than before of what might happen to him if he condemned Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 19 8 lw3u figs-metonymy τοῦτον τὸν λόγον 1 Here, **word** refers to what the Jewish leaders said in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “what they said about Jesus claiming to be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 19 8 nx2u figs-ellipsis μᾶλλον ἐφοβήθη 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he grew even more afraid of condemning Jesus” or “he grew even more afraid than before of what might happen to him if he condemned Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 19 9 seyo figs-explicit εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον πάλιν, καὶ λέγει τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 John implies that the soldiers brought Jesus back into the governor’s palace so Pilate could speak with him. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he entered into the governor’s palace again and told the soldiers to bring Jesus back inside. Then he says to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 9 lb11 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 19 10 wcm8 figs-rquestion ἐμοὶ οὐ λαλεῖς? 1 Are you not speaking to me? **Pilate** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize his surprise that Jesus does not answer his question. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe you are refusing to speak to me!” or “Answer me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2391,48 +2391,48 @@ JHN 19 11 x2as figs-doublenegatives οὐκ εἶχες ἐξουσίαν κατ
|
|||
JHN 19 11 fxu9 figs-metaphor εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν 1 Here, **above** is used figuratively to refer to God who dwells in heaven **above**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 19 11 i7nu figs-activepassive εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “except for what God has given to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 11 vc79 figs-ellipsis μείζονα ἁμαρτίαν ἔχει 1 gave me over Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “has a greater sin than your sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 19 11 kbrx figs-metaphor μείζονα ἁμαρτίαν ἔχει 1 gave me over Jesus speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were an object that a person could possess and could be in different amounts. If this use of **sin** might be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are more sinful” or “has committed worse sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 19 11 kbrx figs-metaphor μείζονα ἁμαρτίαν ἔχει 1 gave me over Jesus speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were an object that a person could possess in varying amounts. If this use of **sin** might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are more sinful” or “has committed worse sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 19 12 a39p figs-explicit ἐκ τούτου 1 At this answer Here, **this** refers to Jesus’ answer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When Pilate heard Jesus’ answer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 12 q1vq figs-synecdoche οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 12 r8va figs-explicit τοῦτον 1 The Jewish leaders say **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 12 p6j4 writing-quotations ἐκραύγασαν λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “cried out and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
JHN 19 12 g9xj οὐκ εἶ φίλος τοῦ Καίσαρος 1 you are not a friend of Caesar Alternate translation: “you do not support Caesar” or “you are opposing the emperor”
|
||||
JHN 19 12 bhl3 figs-idiom βασιλέα ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν 1 makes himself a king See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 7](../19/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 19 13 o54h figs-metonymy τῶν λόγων τούτων 1 he brought Jesus out Here, **these words** refers to what the Jewish leaders had said in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “what the Jewish leaders to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 19 13 xr6b figs-explicit ὁ…Πειλᾶτος…ἤγαγεν ἔξω τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 he brought Jesus out John implies that **Pilate**ordered his soldiers to bring Jesus out. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he commanded the soldiers to bring Jesus out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 13 o54h figs-metonymy τῶν λόγων τούτων 1 he brought Jesus out Here, **these words** refers to what the Jewish leaders had said in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “what the Jewish leaders said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 19 13 xr6b figs-explicit ὁ…Πειλᾶτος…ἤγαγεν ἔξω τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 he brought Jesus out John implies that **Pilate**ordered his soldiers to bring Jesus out. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “commanded the soldiers to bring Jesus out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 13 il9r figs-explicit ἐκάθισεν 1 he brought Jesus out Since a person would sit down to teach or make official statements, the phrase **sat down** here implies that Pilate was going to speak to the people about what he had decided to do with Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he sat down to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 13 qhu4 figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ βήματος 1 in the judgment seat The **judgment seat** was a special chair that a leader sat in when he was making an official judgment. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the seat used for judging people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JHN 19 13 qhu4 figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ βήματος 1 in the judgment seat The **judgment seat** was a special chair in which a leader sat when he was making an official judgment. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the seat used for judging people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JHN 19 13 g8h4 figs-activepassive εἰς τόπον λεγόμενον Λιθόστρωτον 1 in a place called “The Pavement,” but If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in a place the people called ‘The Pavement’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 13 v2ss figs-explicit Ἑβραϊστὶ 1 in a place called “The Pavement,” but See how you translated this phrase in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 13 xbpv Γαββαθᾶ 1 Here John writes out the sounds of this Jewish Aramaic word with Greek letters. Since John translates the meaning earlier in the verse, you should write out this word using the most similar sounds in your language.
|
||||
JHN 19 14 t5qt writing-background δὲ 1 Now **Now** marks a break in the storyline. Here John provides information about the upcoming Passover Festival and the time of day when Pilate presented Jesus to the Jewish leaders. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 19 14 en2i ὥρα ἦν ὡς ἕκτη 1 the sixth hour In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. Here, **the sixth hour** indicates noon. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “about 12:00 PM”
|
||||
JHN 19 14 t5qt writing-background δὲ 1 Now **Now** marks a break in the storyline. Here John provides information about the upcoming Passover festival and the time of day when Pilate presented Jesus to the Jewish leaders. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 19 14 en2i ὥρα ἦν ὡς ἕκτη 1 the sixth hour In this culture, people counted the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. Here, **the sixth hour** indicates noon. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “about 12:00 PM”
|
||||
JHN 19 14 qi7t figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 the sixth hour Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 19 14 lc5y figs-synecdoche λέγει τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 Pilate said to the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 15 vi6h figs-explicit ἆρον! ἆρον! 1 Should I crucify your King? **Take him away** here implies taking a person away to be executed. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Take him away to be killed! Take him away to be killed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 15 vi6h figs-explicit ἆρον! ἆρον! 1 Should I crucify your King? **Take him away** here implies taking a person away to be executed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Take him away to be killed! Take him away to be killed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 15 krld figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 19 15 tlj2 figs-explicit τὸν βασιλέα ὑμῶν σταυρώσω 1 Should I crucify your King? Pilate uses **I** to imply that he would order his soldiers to crucify Jesus. Pilate himself did not crucify people. If this might confuse your readers, you could use say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Should I command my soldiers to crucify your King” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 15 tlj2 figs-explicit τὸν βασιλέα ὑμῶν σταυρώσω 1 Should I crucify your King? Pilate uses **I** to imply that he would order his soldiers to crucify Jesus. Pilate himself did not crucify people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Should I command my soldiers to crucify your King” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 15 osy8 figs-irony λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Πειλᾶτος, τὸν βασιλέα ὑμῶν σταυρώσω? 1 Should I crucify your King? **Pilate** does not believe that Jesus is a king. He actually means to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of his words. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could provide a brief explanation. Alternate translation: “Pilate says to them in a mocking manner, ‘Should I crucify your King’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
JHN 19 16 t3yb writing-pronouns τότε…παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 Then Pilate gave Jesus over to them to be crucified In this verse, the pronouns **them** and **they** refer to the Roman soldiers who would crucify Jesus. These pronouns do not refer to “the chief priests” in the previous verse because they did not crucify people. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 19 16 t3yb writing-pronouns τότε…παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 Then Pilate gave Jesus over to them to be crucified In this verse, the pronouns **them** and **they** refer to the Roman soldiers who would crucify Jesus. These pronouns do not refer to “the chief priests” in the previous verse because they did not crucify people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 19 16 dw2m figs-activepassive ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the soldiers might crucify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 16 j6jg figs-explicit ἀπήγαγον 1 The phrase **led him away** implies that the soldiers led Jesus away in order crucify him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and led him away to be crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 16 j6jg figs-explicit ἀπήγαγον 1 The phrase **led him away** implies that the soldiers led Jesus away in order crucify him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and led him away to be crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 17 qv6j figs-activepassive εἰς τὸν λεγόμενον, Κρανίου Τόπον, ὃ λέγεται Ἑβραϊστὶ, Γολγοθᾶ 1 to the place called “The Place of a Skull,” If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to the place that the people called ‘The Place of a Skull,’ which the Jews call ‘Golgotha’ in Hebrew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 17 mwy4 figs-explicit Ἑβραϊστὶ 1 to the place called “The Place of a Skull,” See how you translated this phrase in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 17 hs8e Γολγοθᾶ 1 Here John writes out the sounds of this Jewish Aramaic word with Greek letters. Since John translates the meaning earlier in the verse, you should write out this word using the most similar sounds in your language.
|
||||
JHN 19 17 hs8e Γολγοθᾶ 1 Here John writes out the sounds of this Jewish Aramaic word using Greek letters. Since John translates the meaning earlier in the verse, you should write out this word using the most similar sounds in your language.
|
||||
JHN 19 18 fb84 figs-ellipsis μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἄλλους δύο 1 with him two other men John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “they also crucified two others with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 19 19 cx5s figs-explicit ἔγραψεν…καὶ τίτλον ὁ Πειλᾶτος, καὶ ἔθηκεν ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Pilate also wrote a sign and put it on the cross John uses **Pilate** to imply that **Pilate** ordered his soldiers to write the title and put it on the cross. Pilate probably would not have done this himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Pilate also commanded his soldiers to write a title on a sign and put it on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 19 ziak figs-explicit ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Pilate also wrote a sign and put it on the cross Here, **the cross** refers specifically to **the cross** that Jesus was crucified on. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the cross that they crucified Jesus on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 19 cx5s figs-explicit ἔγραψεν…καὶ τίτλον ὁ Πειλᾶτος, καὶ ἔθηκεν ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Pilate also wrote a sign and put it on the cross John uses **Pilate** to imply that **Pilate** ordered his soldiers to write the title and put it on the cross. Pilate probably would not have done this himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Pilate also commanded his soldiers to write a title on a sign and put it on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 19 ziak figs-explicit ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Pilate also wrote a sign and put it on the cross Here, **the cross** refers specifically to **the cross** on which Jesus was crucified. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the cross they used to crucify Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 19 gk8e figs-activepassive ἦν…γεγραμμένον, Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων. 1 There it was written: JESUS OF NAZARETH, THE KING OF THE JEWS If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that person wrote on it these words: Jesus the Nazarene, the King of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 20 ke3t figs-activepassive ὁ τόπος…ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 the place where Jesus was crucified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the place where they crucified Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 20 k3mp figs-explicit τῆς πόλεως 1 the place where Jesus was crucified Here, **the city** refers to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the city called Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 20 mgb7 figs-activepassive καὶ ἦν γεγραμμένον Ἑβραϊστί, Ῥωμαϊστί, Ἑλληνιστί 1 The sign was written in Hebrew, in Latin, and in Greek If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The one who prepared the sign wrote the words in three languages: Hebrew, Latin, and Greek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 20 bzub figs-explicit Ἑβραϊστί 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 20 bzub figs-explicit Ἑβραϊστί 1 See how you translated this phrase, **in Hebrew**, in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 20 w41e figs-explicit Ῥωμαϊστί 1 Latin **Latin** was the language spoken by the Roman government and Roman soldiers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the language spoken by the Romans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 21 qk7w figs-explicit ἔλεγον οὖν τῷ Πειλάτῳ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Then the chief priests of the Jews said to Pilate The chief priests had to go back to Pilate’s headquarters in order to speak to him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then the chief priests of the Jews went back to Pilate and said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 21 js2b figs-explicit ἐκεῖνος 1 Then the chief priests of the Jews said to Pilate The Jewish leaders say **That one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “That so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 21 ixay figs-quotesinquotes ἐκεῖνος εἶπεν, Βασιλεὺς εἰμι τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Then the chief priests of the Jews said to Pilate If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “That one said that he is the King of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
JHN 19 22 sus9 figs-explicit ὃ γέγραφα, γέγραφα 1 What I have written I have written **Pilate** implies that he will not change the words on the notice. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have written what I wanted to write, and I will not change it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 22 vgn9 figs-explicit ὃ γέγραφα, γέγραφα 1 What I have written I have written **Pilate** uses **I** to imply that he ordered his soldiers to write the title and put it on the cross. Pilate probably would not have done this himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “What I told them to write is what they have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 22 vgn9 figs-explicit ὃ γέγραφα, γέγραφα 1 What I have written I have written **Pilate** uses **I** to imply that he ordered his soldiers to write the title and put it on the cross. Pilate probably would not have done this himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “What I told them to write is what they have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 23 s74c figs-explicit καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα 1 also the tunic The next verse implies that the soldiers kept the tunic separate from the clothes that they divided. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the tunic they did not divide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 23 lis8 writing-background δὲ 1 There is a break from the main storyline that begins with the word **Now** and continues to the end of the next verse. In this break John tells us how this event fulfills Scripture. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 19 23 sk7l figs-activepassive ὑφαντὸς δι’ ὅλου 1 also the tunic If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone had woven it in one piece” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2441,40 +2441,40 @@ JHN 19 24 umc2 translate-unknown λάχωμεν περὶ αὐτοῦ…ἔβα
|
|||
JHN 19 24 us8x writing-quotations ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ ἡ λέγουσα 1 let us cast lots for it to decide whose it will be Here John uses **that the scripture would be fulfilled** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 22:18](../../psa/22/18.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “This happened so that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
JHN 19 24 j1f9 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ ἡ λέγουσα 1 so that the scripture would be fulfilled which said If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This fulfilled the scripture that said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 24 yrxw figs-quotemarks διεμερίσαντο τὰ ἱμάτιά μου ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν ἱματισμόν μου ἔβαλον κλῆρον 1 so that the scripture would be fulfilled which said In these phrases, John quotes [Psalm 22:19](../../psa/22/19.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
JHN 19 25 octl figs-possession τῷ σταυρῷ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 John is using **of** to describe **the cross** on which the soldiers had crucified Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the cross Jesus was crucified on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
JHN 19 1 v3ea translate-names ὁ Πειλᾶτος 1 See how you translated this name in [18:29](../18/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 19 25 octl figs-possession τῷ σταυρῷ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 John is using **of** to describe **the cross** on which the soldiers had crucified Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the cross on which Jesus was crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
JHN 19 1 v3ea translate-names ὁ Πειλᾶτος 1 See how you translated **Pilate** in [18:29](../18/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 19 25 b38l translate-names Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνή 1 **Mary** is the name of a woman, and **Magdalene** most likely means that she came from the town of Magdala. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 19 26 gkf1 figs-explicit τὸν μαθητὴν…ὃν ἠγάπα 1 the disciple whom he loved See how you translated a similar phrase in [13:23]((./13/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 26 mva3 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 19 26 cxlv γύναι 1 Woman, see, your son See how you translated this word in [2:4](../02/04.md).
|
||||
JHN 19 26 t7tc figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, ὁ υἱός σου 1 Woman, see, your son Here, Jesus uses **son** figuratively to indicate that he wants his disciple, John, to be like a **son** to his mother. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “here is the man who will act like a son to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 19 26 cxlv γύναι 1 Woman, see, your son See how you translated **Woman** in [2:4](../02/04.md).
|
||||
JHN 19 26 t7tc figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, ὁ υἱός σου 1 Woman, see, your son Here, Jesus uses **son** figuratively to indicate that he wants his disciple, John, to be like a **son** to his mother. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “here is the man who will act like a son to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 19 27 a8x3 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 See, your mother Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 19 27 iz8j figs-explicit τῷ μαθητῇ…ἔλαβεν ὁ μαθητὴς αὐτὴν εἰς τὰ ἴδια 1 See, your mother In this verse, **the disciple** and **his** refer to John, who calls himself “the disciple whom he loved” in the previous verse and is the author of this Gospel. If this would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the disciple whom Jesus loved … that disciple took her into his own home” or “me … I took her into my own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 27 qc7d figs-metaphor ἴδε, ἡ μήτηρ σου 1 See, your mother Here, Jesus uses **mother** figuratively to indicate that he wants his **mother** to be like a **mother** to his disciple, John. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “here is the woman who will be like a mother to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 19 27 q615 figs-metonymy ἀπ’ ἐκείνης τῆς ὥρας 1 From that hour Here, **hour** refers to a point in time. It does not refer to a 60-minute length of time. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 19 27 iz8j figs-explicit τῷ μαθητῇ…ἔλαβεν ὁ μαθητὴς αὐτὴν εἰς τὰ ἴδια 1 See, your mother In this verse, **the disciple** and **his** refer to John, who calls himself “the disciple whom he loved” in the previous verse and who is the author of this Gospel. If this would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the disciple whom Jesus loved … that disciple took her into his own home” or “to me … I took her into my own home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 27 qc7d figs-metaphor ἴδε, ἡ μήτηρ σου 1 See, your mother Here, Jesus uses **mother** figuratively to indicate that he wants his **mother** to be like a **mother** to his disciple, John. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “here is the woman who will be like a mother to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 19 27 q615 figs-metonymy ἀπ’ ἐκείνης τῆς ὥρας 1 From that hour Here, **hour** refers to a point in time. It does not refer to a 60-minute length of time. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 19 28 uynk writing-newevent μετὰ τοῦτο 1 knowing that everything was now completed **After this** introduces a new event that happened soon after the events the story has just told. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Soon afterward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
JHN 19 28 crd3 figs-activepassive ἤδη πάντα τετέλεσται 1 knowing that everything was now completed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he had already completed all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 28 pxie figs-explicit πάντα 1 knowing that everything was now completed Here, **all things** refers to everything that God sent Jesus to the world to do. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the things that God had sent him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 28 pxie figs-explicit πάντα 1 knowing that everything was now completed Here, **all things** refers to everything that God sent Jesus to the world to do. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the things that God had sent him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 28 wh4n figs-activepassive τελειωθῇ ἡ Γραφὴ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he might fulfill the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 28 w999 writing-quotations ἵνα τελειωθῇ ἡ Γραφὴ 1 Here John uses **that the scripture might be completed** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 69:21](../../psa/69/21.md)).If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “so that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
JHN 19 28 ezfy figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 19 29 x1cy figs-activepassive σκεῦος ἔκειτο ὄξους μεστόν 1 A container full of sour wine was placed there If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone had placed there a container full of sour wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 29 x8z8 figs-explicit ὄξους…τοῦ ὄξους 1 A container full of sour wine was placed there Here, **sour wine** refers to the inexpensive **wine** that common people in Jesus’ culture would usually drink to quench thirst. Therefore, the person who gave Jesus this **sour wine** was acting kindly and responding to what he said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of common wine … of that wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 29 x8z8 figs-explicit ὄξους…τοῦ ὄξους 1 A container full of sour wine was placed there Here, **sour wine** refers to the inexpensive **wine** that common people in Jesus’ culture would usually drink to quench thirst. Therefore, the person who gave Jesus this **sour wine** was acting kindly and responding to what he had said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of common wine … of that wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 29 gh7n figs-explicit σπόγγον οὖν μεστὸν τοῦ ὄξους ὑσσώπῳ περιθέντες 1 A container full of sour wine was placed there John implies that someone dipped the **sponge** into the container full of sour wine so that the **sponge** would be **full of the sour wine**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so having dipped a sponge in the container so that it was full of sour wine, they put it on a hyssop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 29 y2eg translate-unknown σπόγγον 1 a sponge A **sponge** is a small object that can soak up and hold liquid that comes out when the **sponge** is squeezed. If your readers would not be familiar with this thing, you could use the name of something your readers would use for soaking up liquid, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something to soak up liquid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
JHN 19 29 y2eg translate-unknown σπόγγον 1 a sponge A **sponge** is a small object that can soak up and hold liquid that comes out of it when the **sponge** is squeezed. If your readers would not be familiar with this thing, you could use the name of something your readers would use for soaking up liquid, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something to soak up liquid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
JHN 19 29 mg3t translate-unknown ὑσσώπῳ 1 on a hyssop staff Here, **hyssop** refers to the stalk from a plant that grows in Israel. Matthew and Mark called this stalk a “reed” in [Matthew 27:48](../../mat/27/48.md) and [Mark 15:36](../../mrk/15/36.md). If your readers would not be familiar with this plant, you could use the name of a plant in your area that has stalks or reeds, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a reed of a plant called hyssop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
JHN 19 30 u8xq figs-explicit τὸ ὄξος 1 He bowed his head and gave up his spirit See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 30 u8xq figs-explicit τὸ ὄξος 1 He bowed his head and gave up his spirit See how you translated this phrase, **the sour wine**, in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 30 vq53 figs-activepassive τετέλεσται 1 He bowed his head and gave up his spirit If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The thing Jesus **finished** could be: (1) all the work that God had sent Jesus to the world to do. This interpretation would connect this phrase to the statement Jesus made in [17:4](../17/04.md) when he said that he had “completed the work” that God had given him to do. Alternate translation: “I finished all that I came here to do” (2) all the Old Testament prophecies about what Jesus would do the first time he came to the earth. This interpretation would connect this phrase to the statement in verse 28, “knowing that all things had already been completed, so that the scripture might be completed.” Alternate translation: “I completed all that the scripture has said about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 30 vz56 figs-idiom παρέδωκεν τὸ πνεῦμα 1 He bowed his head and gave up his spirit This clause is an idiom that means “willingly die.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he allowed himself to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 19 31 jtq9 figs-infostructure οἱ οὖν Ἰουδαῖοι, ἐπεὶ παρασκευὴ ἦν, ἵνα μὴ μείνῃ ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ τὰ σώματα ἐν τῷ Σαββάτῳ (ἦν γὰρ μεγάλη ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνου τοῦ Σαββάτου), ἠρώτησαν τὸν Πειλᾶτον, ἵνα κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν 1 the Jews If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “Then, because it was the day of preparation, the Jews asked Pilate that the men’s legs would be broken and they would be taken away, so that the bodies would not remain on the cross during the Sabbath (for that Sabbath was an especially important day)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||||
JHN 19 31 zuk9 figs-synecdoche οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 31 c49h figs-explicit παρασκευὴ 1 day of preparation Here, **day of preparation** refers to the day when the Jewish people prepared for both the Passover Festival and the Sabbath. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../19/14.md). Alternate translation: “the day when the Jews prepared for both the Passover Festival and the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 31 h3j1 figs-explicit ἵνα μὴ μείνῃ ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ τὰ σώματα ἐν τῷ Σαββάτῳ 1 day of preparation According to Jewish religious law, dead bodies could not remain on crosses during the Sabbath. Therefore, the Jewish leaders wanted Pilate to order his soldiers to kill the three men on crosses and remove their bodies before the Sabbath began at sundown. If this clause might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that the bodies would not remain on the cross during the Sabbath, which the Jewish law forbids” or “so that the bodies would not remain on the cross during the Sabbath and thereby violate Jewish law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 31 oeeb figs-genericnoun ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 John is speaking of the three crosses that the men were hanging on, not of one particular cross. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “on the three crosses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
JHN 19 31 rodw figs-explicit ἦν γὰρ μεγάλη ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνου τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 John notes that this **Sabbath** was **an especially important day** because it was a **Sabbath** day that occurred at the same time as the Passover Festival. If this statement would confuse your readers, say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for that Sabbath was especially important because it occurred during the Passover Festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 31 c49h figs-explicit παρασκευὴ 1 day of preparation Here, **day of preparation** refers to the day when the Jewish people prepared for both the Passover festival and the Sabbath. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../19/14.md). Alternate translation: “the day when the Jews prepared for both the Passover festival and the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 31 h3j1 figs-explicit ἵνα μὴ μείνῃ ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ τὰ σώματα ἐν τῷ Σαββάτῳ 1 day of preparation According to Jewish religious law, dead bodies could not remain on crosses during the Sabbath. Therefore, the Jewish leaders wanted Pilate to order his soldiers to kill the three men on crosses and remove their bodies before the Sabbath began at sundown. If this clause might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that the bodies would not remain on the cross during the Sabbath, which the Jewish law forbids” or “so that the bodies would not remain on the cross during the Sabbath and thereby violate Jewish law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 31 oeeb figs-genericnoun ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 John is speaking of the three crosses on which the men were hanging, not of one particular cross. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “on the three crosses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
JHN 19 31 rodw figs-explicit ἦν γὰρ μεγάλη ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνου τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 John notes that this **Sabbath** was **an especially important day** because it was a **Sabbath** day that occurred at the same time as the Passover festival. If this statement would confuse your readers, express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for that Sabbath was especially important because it occurred during the Passover festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 31 f96h figs-activepassive ἵνα κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν 1 to break their legs and to remove them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to have someone break their legs and take them away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 31 gz48 figs-explicit κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν 1 to break their legs and to remove them The Jewish leaders wanted Pilate’s soldiers to break the legs of the men who were hanging on crosses because doing that would cause the men to die quickly. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “their legs would be broken so that they would die quickly and their bodies could be taken away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 32 q2yq figs-activepassive τοῦ ἄλλου τοῦ συνσταυρωθέντος αὐτῷ 1 who had been crucified with Jesus If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of the other man whom they had crucified with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 31 gz48 figs-explicit κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν 1 to break their legs and to remove them The Jewish leaders wanted Pilate’s soldiers to break the legs of the men who were hanging on crosses because doing that would cause the men to die quickly. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “their legs would be broken so that they would die quickly and their bodies could be taken away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 32 q2yq figs-activepassive τοῦ ἄλλου τοῦ συνσταυρωθέντος αὐτῷ 1 who had been crucified with Jesus If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of the other man with whom they had crucified him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 35 p17b writing-background 0 This verse is a break from the main storyline in which John provides some background information about himself. John is telling readers that they can trust what he has written because he saw these events happen. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 19 35 bs5s figs-123person ὁ ἑωρακὼς…αὐτοῦ…ἐκεῖνος οἶδεν ὅτι ἀληθῆ λέγει 1 The one who saw this This phrase refers to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. He is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the one who saw this … my … I know that I speak the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
JHN 19 35 c9q7 figs-ellipsis ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς πιστεύητε 1 so that you would also believe John is leaving out some of the words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “so that you would also believe that Jesus is the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2487,7 +2487,7 @@ JHN 19 36 b1kx figs-activepassive ὀστοῦν οὐ συντριβήσετα
|
|||
JHN 19 37 h4kq writing-quotations ἑτέρα Γραφὴ λέγει 1 Here John uses **another scripture says** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Zechariah 12:10](../../zec/12/10.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Zechariah wrote in another scripture that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
JHN 19 37 lnmt figs-quotemarks ὄψονται εἰς ὃν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Zechariah 12:10](../../zec/12/10.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
JHN 19 38 ca0b writing-newevent μετὰ…ταῦτα 1 **After this** introduces a new event that happened soon after the events the story has just told. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “soon afterward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
JHN 19 38 xtva figs-explicit Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph of Arimathea Since [Luke 23:50](../../luk/23/50.md) indicates that **Joseph** was a member of the Sanhedrin, he was likely dwelling in Jerusalem. Therefore, John would mean here that **Joseph** was originally **from Arimathea**. **Joseph** had not come **from Arimathea** to Jerusalem for this occasion. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph, who was originally from Arimathea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 38 xtva figs-explicit Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph of Arimathea Since [Luke 23:50](../../luk/23/50.md) indicates that **Joseph** was a member of the Sanhedrin, he was likely dwelling in Jerusalem. Therefore, John would mean here that **Joseph** was originally **from Arimathea**. **Joseph** had not come **from Arimathea** to Jerusalem for this occasion. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph, who was originally from Arimathea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 38 nbg2 translate-names Ἰωσὴφ 1 Joseph of Arimathea **Pilate** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 19 38 d3hz translate-names Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph of Arimathea **Arimathea** was a city in Judea. Alternate translation: “Joseph who was from the city called Arimathea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 19 38 e3ap figs-possession διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews John is using **of** to describe the **fear** that **Joseph** felt for the Jewish leaders. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “because of his fear for the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2497,8 +2497,8 @@ JHN 19 38 ojo8 figs-explicit ἐπέτρεψεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος 1 if he c
|
|||
JHN 19 39 mjy8 translate-names Νικόδημος 1 Nicodemus **Nicodemus** was one of the Pharisees who respected Jesus. See how you translated this name in [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 19 39 gqkc figs-explicit ὁ ἐλθὼν πρὸς αὐτὸν νυκτὸς τὸ πρῶτον 1 Nicodemus This clause refers to the meeting between Jesus and Nicodemus that is described in [chapter 3](../03/01.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who had met Jesus before when he visited him at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 39 ekyu figs-explicit φέρων μίγμα σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης 1 Nicodemus According to the burial customs of Jesus’ time, people prepared this **mixture** in order to put it on Jesus’ body as a way to honor him and to counteract the smell of decay. If this would confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “bringing a mixture of myrrh and aloes to put on Jesus’ body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 39 d3d2 translate-unknown σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης 1 myrrh and aloes This **mixture of myrrh and aloes** consisted of pleasant-smelling substances that were mixed together into an ointment that was put on a dead body in order to counteract the smell of decay. If your readers would not be familiar with these substances, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “pleasant-smelling substances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
JHN 19 39 xks9 translate-bweight ὡς λίτρας ἑκατόν 1 about one hundred litras in weight If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. One **litra** is about one third of a kilogram or three quarters of a pound. Alternate translation: “about 33 kilograms in weight” or “weighing about thirty-three kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
JHN 19 39 d3d2 translate-unknown σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης 1 myrrh and aloes This **mixture of myrrh and aloes** consisted of pleasant-smelling substances that were mixed together into an ointment that was put on a dead body in order to counteract the smell of decay. If your readers would not be familiar with these substances, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “of pleasant-smelling substances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
JHN 19 39 xks9 translate-bweight ὡς λίτρας ἑκατόν 1 about one hundred litras in weight If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this weight in terms of modern measurements either in the text or a footnote. One **litra** is about one third of a kilogram or three quarters of a pound. Alternate translation: “about 33 kilograms in weight” or “weighing about thirty-three kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
JHN 19 40 m9k6 translate-unknown ἔδησαν αὐτὸ ὀθονίοις μετὰ τῶν ἀρωμάτων 1 Wrapping a dead body in strips of cloth was the burial custom in this culture. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could describe it more specifically, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “wrapped strips of linen cloth around his body and put spices under the strips of cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
JHN 19 41 fb25 writing-background 0 In this verse John interrupts the main storyline in order to provide some background information about the location of the tomb where they would bury Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 19 41 uib1 figs-activepassive ἦν δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη κῆπος 1 Now in the place where he was crucified there was a garden If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now in the place where they crucified Jesus there was a garden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2507,61 +2507,61 @@ JHN 19 41 bx6g figs-doublenegatives οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθε
|
|||
JHN 19 42 nr4r figs-explicit διὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews According to Jewish law, no one could work after sundown on **the day of preparation** because sundown marked the beginning of the Sabbath and Passover. This meant that they had to bury Jesus’ body quickly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because the Passover and Sabbath were about to begin that evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 42 c70e figs-infostructure ἐκεῖ…διὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ὅτι ἐγγὺς ἦν τὸ μνημεῖον, ἔθηκαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “they laid Jesus there because of the day of preparation of the Jews and because the tomb was close by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||||
JHN 19 42 jsyu figs-explicit τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../19/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 42 jtfz figs-euphemism ἔθηκαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews John is referring to putting Jesus’ dead body in a tomb as laying him down. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant and accurately describes the Jewish burial practice of laying a dead body on a table inside the tomb. See how you translated a similar expression in [11:34](../11/34.md). Alternate translation: “they entombed Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
JHN 20 intro nm1y 0 # John 20 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Mary Magdalene, Peter, and John go to Jesus’ tomb and find it empty (20:1–10)<br>2. Mary Magdalene meets Jesus (20:11–18)<br>3. Ten disciples meet Jesus (20:19–25)<br>4. Thomas meets Jesus (20:26–29)<br>5. John states the purpose for this Gospel (20:30–31)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([20:1](../20/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was a room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could look inside or enter.<br><br>### “Receive the Holy Spirit”<br><br>If your language uses the same word for “breath” and “spirit,” be sure that the reader understands that Jesus was performing a symbolic action by blowing air out of his mouth, and that Jesus was referring to the Holy Spirit, not his breath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Rabboni<br><br>John used Greek letters to express the sound of this Aramaic word. Then he explained that the word means “Teacher.” You should also use the letters of your language to express the sounds of the Aramaic word.<br><br>### Jesus’ resurrection body<br><br>We do not know what Jesus’ body looked like after he became alive again. His disciples knew he was Jesus because they could see his face and touch the places where the soldiers had put the nails through his hands and feet and pierced his side. However, he could also walk through solid walls and doors and sometimes people didn’t recognize him. It is best not to say more than what the ULT says about Jesus’ resurrection body.<br><br>### Two angels in white<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels appeared in human forms. Two of the Gospel authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT rather than trying to make the passages all say the exact same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../../jhn/20/12.md))
|
||||
JHN 20 1 a8vl figs-explicit τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων 1 first day of the week John uses **first** to imply the **first** day of the week. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 42 jtfz figs-euphemism ἔθηκαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews John is referring to putting Jesus’ dead body in a tomb as laying him down. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant, and it accurately describes the Jewish burial practice of laying a dead body on a table inside the tomb. See how you translated a similar expression in [11:34](../11/34.md). Alternate translation: “they entombed Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
JHN 20 intro nm1y 0 # John 20 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Mary Magdalene, Peter, and John go to Jesus’ tomb and find it empty (20:1–10)\n2. Mary Magdalene meets Jesus (20:11–18)\n3. Ten disciples meet Jesus (20:19–25)\n4. Thomas meets Jesus (20:26–29)\n5. John states the purpose for this Gospel (20:30–31)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The tomb\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried ([20:1](../20/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was a room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could look inside or enter.\n\n### “Receive the Holy Spirit”\n\nIf your language uses the same word for “breath” and “spirit,” be sure that the reader understands that Jesus was performing a symbolic action by blowing air out of his mouth, and that Jesus was referring to the Holy Spirit, not his breath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Rabboni\n\nJohn used Greek letters to express the sound of this Aramaic word. Then he explained that the word means “Teacher.” You should also use the letters of your language to express the sounds of the Aramaic word.\n\n### Jesus’ resurrection body\n\nWe do not know what Jesus’ body looked like after he became alive again. His disciples knew he was Jesus because they could see his face and touch the places where the soldiers had put the nails through his hands and feet and pierced his side. However, he could also walk through solid walls and doors and sometimes people didn’t recognize him. It is best not to say more than what the ULT says about Jesus’ resurrection body.\n\n### Two angels in white\n\nMatthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels appeared in human forms. Two of the Gospel authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT rather than trying to make the passages all say the exact same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../../jhn/20/12.md))
|
||||
JHN 20 1 a8vl figs-explicit τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων 1 first day of the week John uses **first** to imply the **first** day of the week. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 1 sb4m translate-ordinal τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων 1 first day of the week Here John is actually using a cardinal number, “one,” to mean **first**. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can also use a cardinal number here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on day one of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
JHN 20 1 qj3j translate-names Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ 1 See how you translated this name in [19:25](../19/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 20 1 qj3j translate-names Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ 1 See how you translated **Mary Magdalene** in [19:25](../19/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 20 1 gqn8 figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται…βλέπει 1 first day of the week Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 20 1 bdw5 figs-activepassive βλέπει τὸν λίθον ἠρμένον 1 she saw the stone rolled away If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “sees that someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 2 wn0k figs-pastforfuture τρέχει…ἔρχεται…λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 20 2 g2rn figs-explicit μαθητὴν ὃν ἐφίλει ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 disciple whom Jesus loved This phrase refers to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John and the General Notes to chapter 13. See also how you translated similar phrases in [13:23](../13/23.md) and [18:15](../18/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 2 g2rn figs-explicit μαθητὴν ὃν ἐφίλει ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 disciple whom Jesus loved This phrase refers to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John and the General Notes to Chapter 13. See also how you translated similar phrases in [13:23](../13/23.md) and [18:15](../18/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 2 jm40 figs-123person αὐτοῖς 1 disciple whom Jesus loved If you translated **the other disciple whom Jesus loved** with a first person form earlier in the verse, then you will need to use the first person plural “us” here. Alternate translation: “to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
JHN 20 2 igzt writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 disciple whom Jesus loved If you translated **the other disciple whom Jesus loved** with a third person form and your language marks the dual form, then the pronoun **them** here would be in the dual form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 20 2 mkmh figs-synecdoche τὸν Κύριον…αὐτόν 1 disciple whom Jesus loved Here, Mary speaks of Jesus’ dead body as if it were Jesus himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Lord’s body … it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 20 2 mkmh figs-synecdoche τὸν Κύριον…αὐτόν 1 disciple whom Jesus loved Here Mary speaks of Jesus’ dead body as if it were Jesus himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Lord’s body … it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 20 2 xd3w figs-exclusive οὐκ οἴδαμεν ποῦ ἔθηκαν αὐτόν 1 When Mary says **we**, she is speaking of herself and some women who came to the tomb with her. These women are mentioned in [Matthew 28:1](../../mat/28/01.md); [Mark 16:1](../../mrk/16/01.md); and [Luke 24:1](../../luk/24/01.md), [10](../../luk/24/10.md), [24](../../luk/24/24.md). Since she is not speaking of the two disciples, **we** is exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 3 d6g3 figs-explicit ὁ ἄλλος μαθητής 1 the other disciple See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 3 ci46 figs-verbs ἐξῆλθεν…ἤρχοντο 1 If you translated **the other disciple** in the previous verse with a third person form and your language marks the dual form, then the verbs **went out** and **went** here would be in the dual form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||||
JHN 20 3 d6g3 figs-explicit ὁ ἄλλος μαθητής 1 the other disciple See how you translated **the other disciple** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 3 ci46 figs-verbs ἐξῆλθεν…ἤρχοντο 1 If you translated **the other disciple** in the previous verse with a third person form and your language marks the dual form, then the verbs **went out** and **went** would be in the dual form here. Alternate translation: “because of his fear for the Jews”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||||
JHN 20 3 g0ky writing-pronouns ἤρχοντο 1 the other disciple If you translated **the other disciple** in the previous verse with a third person form and your language marks the dual form, then the pronoun **they** here would be in the dual form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 20 3 jgzx figs-123person ἤρχοντο 1 the other disciple If you translated **the other disciple** in the previous verse with a first person singular form, then you will need to use the first person plural “we” here. Alternate translation: “we went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
JHN 20 4 c5kr figs-123person ἔτρεχον…οἱ δύο ὁμοῦ, καὶ ὁ ἄλλος μαθητὴς προέδραμεν τάχειον 1 the other disciple If you translated **the other disciple** with a first person form in [verse 2](../20/02.md), then you will need to use first person pronouns in this verse. Alternate translation: “we were running together, and I quickly ran ahead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
JHN 20 4 sc6u figs-explicit ὁ ἄλλος μαθητὴς 1 the other disciple See how you translated this phrase in [verse 2](../20/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 4 sc6u figs-explicit ὁ ἄλλος μαθητὴς 1 the other disciple See how you translated **the other disciple** in [verse 2](../20/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 5 jbbz figs-123person βλέπει…οὐ μέντοι εἰσῆλθεν 1 linen cloths If you translated **the other disciple** with a first person form in the previous verse, then you will need to use first person pronouns in this verse. Alternate translation: “I see … but I did not enter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
JHN 20 5 wm6r figs-pastforfuture βλέπει 1 linen cloths Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 20 5 m9qn translate-unknown ὀθόνια 1 linen cloths Wrapping a dead body in strips of cloth was the burial custom in this culture. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for chapter 19. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could describe it more specifically, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the linen cloths that they had wrapped Jesus’ body in for burial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
JHN 20 5 m9qn translate-unknown ὀθόνια 1 linen cloths Wrapping a dead body in strips of cloth was the burial custom in this culture. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for Chapter 19. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could describe it more specifically, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the linen cloths in which they had wrapped Jesus’ body for burial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
JHN 20 6 gw25 figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται…θεωρεῖ 1 linen cloths Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 20 6 rjux figs-123person αὐτῷ 1 linen cloths If you translated **the other disciple** with a first person form in [verse 4](../20/04.md), then you will need to use the first person “me” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
JHN 20 6 ys3b translate-unknown ὀθόνια 1 linen cloths See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
JHN 20 6 ys3b translate-unknown ὀθόνια 1 linen cloths See how you translated **linen cloths** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
JHN 20 7 qt5a figs-activepassive τὸ σουδάριον, ὃ ἦν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ 1 cloth that had been on his head If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the cloth that someone had put on his head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 7 lw33 writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ 1 The pronoun **his** refers to Jesus, not to Peter or John. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 20 7 v9yg translate-unknown ὀθονίων 1 See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
JHN 20 7 lw33 writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ 1 The pronoun **his** refers to Jesus, not to Peter or John. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 20 7 v9yg translate-unknown ὀθονίων 1 See how you translated **linen cloths** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
JHN 20 7 yc78 figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ χωρὶς ἐντετυλιγμένον εἰς ἕνα τόπον 1 but was folded up in a place by itself If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but someone had folded it up in one place by itself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 8 vl84 figs-explicit ὁ ἄλλος μαθητὴς 1 the other disciple See how you translated this phrase in [verse 2](../20/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 8 b7h5 figs-123person εἰσῆλθεν…καὶ εἶδεν καὶ ἐπίστευσεν 1 the other disciple If you translated **the other disciple** with a first person form in this verse, then you will need to use the first person throughout this verse. Alternate translation: “went in, and I saw and I believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
JHN 20 8 vl84 figs-explicit ὁ ἄλλος μαθητὴς 1 the other disciple See how you translated **the other disciple** in [verse 2](../20/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 8 b7h5 figs-123person εἰσῆλθεν…καὶ εἶδεν καὶ ἐπίστευσεν 1 the other disciple If you translated **the other disciple** with a first person form in this verse, then you will need to use the first person throughout this verse. Alternate translation: “went in, and I saw and believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
JHN 20 8 ww3z figs-ellipsis εἶδεν 1 he saw and believed John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he saw the linen cloths where Jesus’ body had lain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 20 8 eydm figs-ellipsis ἐπίστευσεν 1 he saw and believed John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he believed that Jesus had risen from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 20 9 jywe writing-background γὰρ 1 they still did not know the scripture **For** here indicates that this verse provides background information about the kind of belief that was mentioned in the previous clause. **For** here does not indicate a reason or cause. At that time, the disciples believed Jesus had risen from the dead only because the tomb was empty. They still did not understand that the scriptures said Jesus would rise from the dead. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “But even then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 20 9 u5q9 figs-idiom ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι 1 rise Here, **rise from the dead** is an idiom that refers to a dead person becoming alive again. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “become alive after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 20 9 u5q9 figs-idiom ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι 1 rise Here, **rise from the dead** is an idiom that refers to a dead person becoming alive again. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “become alive after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 20 10 p5um figs-explicit ἀπῆλθον…πάλιν πρὸς αὑτοὺς 1 went back home again Since the disciples were staying within walking distance of Jesus’ tomb, the **homes** they went to must have been in Jerusalem. They did not go back to their homes in Galilee. Alternate translation: “went back to where they were staying in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 11 kmzj figs-explicit Μαρία 1 **Mary** here refers to **Mary** Magdalene. See how you translated this name in [19:25](../19/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 12 bl51 figs-pastforfuture θεωρεῖ 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 20 12 p9aw figs-explicit δύο ἀγγέλους ἐν λευκοῖς 1 She saw two angels in white Here, **white** refers to the color of the clothing that the angels were wearing. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “two angels in white clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 12 p9aw figs-explicit δύο ἀγγέλους ἐν λευκοῖς 1 She saw two angels in white Here, **white** refers to the color of the clothing that the angels were wearing. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “two angels in white clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 12 vzkb figs-explicit ἕνα πρὸς τῇ κεφαλῇ, καὶ ἕνα πρὸς τοῖς ποσίν, ὅπου ἔκειτο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 She saw two angels in white Here, **at the head** and **at the feet** refer to the locations in the tomb where Jesus’ head and feet used to be. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “one at the place of his head and one at the place of his feet where the body of Jesus had been” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 12 r6yy figs-activepassive ἔκειτο 1 She saw two angels in white If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone had laid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 13 v5uj figs-pastforfuture λέγουσιν…λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 20 13 hjqb γύναι 1 See how you translated the similar use of **Woman** in [2:4](../02/04.md) and [4:21](../04/21.md).
|
||||
JHN 20 13 hmx8 figs-synecdoche τὸν Κύριόν μου…αὐτόν 1 Because they took away my Lord Here, Mary speaks of Jesus’ dead body as if it were Jesus himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “my Lord’s body … it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 20 13 hmx8 figs-synecdoche τὸν Κύριόν μου…αὐτόν 1 Because they took away my Lord Here, Mary speaks of Jesus’ dead body as if it were Jesus himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “my Lord’s body … it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 20 15 le9x figs-pastforfuture λέγει…λέγει 1 Jesus said to her Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 20 15 jti2 γύναι 1 See how you translated this word in the previous verse.
|
||||
JHN 20 15 ml7c figs-synecdoche αὐτόν…αὐτόν…αὐτὸν 1 Here, Mary speaks of Jesus’ dead body as if it were Jesus himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “my Lord’s body … it … it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 20 15 jti2 γύναι 1 See how you translated the word **Woman** in the previous verse.
|
||||
JHN 20 15 ml7c figs-synecdoche αὐτόν…αὐτόν…αὐτὸν 1 Here, Mary speaks of Jesus’ dead body as if it were Jesus himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “my Lord’s body … it … it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 20 15 a5z2 figs-explicit κἀγὼ αὐτὸν ἀρῶ 1 I will take him away Here Mary Magdalene implies that she would **take** Jesus’ body **away** and bury it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and I will take him away and bury him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 16 p9v0 figs-pastforfuture λέγει…λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 20 16 kepb figs-infostructure Ἑβραϊστί, Ραββουνεί (ὃ λέγεται, Διδάσκαλε) 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “‘Rabboni’ (which means ‘Teacher’ in Hebrew)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||||
JHN 20 16 dgjf figs-explicit Ἑβραϊστί 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 16 dgjf figs-explicit Ἑβραϊστί 1 See how you translated **in Hebrew** in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 16 k468 Ραββουνεί 1 Rabboni Here John writes out the sounds of this Jewish Aramaic word with Greek letters. Since John translates the meaning later in the verse, you should write out this word using the most similar sounds in your language.
|
||||
JHN 20 17 dzs7 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 20 17 q3x5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα…τὸν Πατέρα μου…Πατέρα ὑμῶν 1 my Father and your Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 20 17 whh9 figs-explicit τοὺς ἀδελφούς μου 1 brothers Jesus used the word **my brothers** here to refer to his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “my disciples who are like brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 17 whh9 figs-explicit τοὺς ἀδελφούς μου 1 brothers Jesus used the word **my brothers** here to refer to his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “my disciples, who are like brothers,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 17 dokk figs-quotesinquotes εἰπὲ αὐτοῖς, ἀναβαίνω πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν, καὶ Θεόν μου, καὶ Θεὸν ὑμῶν 1 brothers If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “say to them that I go up to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
JHN 20 17 hogb figs-pastforfuture ἀναβαίνω 1 I will go up to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God Here Jesus uses the present tense **I go up** to refer to something that will happen in the near future. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the future tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “I will go up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 20 17 xbr1 figs-doublet πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν, καὶ Θεόν μου, καὶ Θεὸν ὑμῶν 1 I will go up to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God These two long phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize to whom Jesus will return. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “to God, who is my Father and your Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2574,35 +2574,35 @@ JHN 20 19 e7cb figs-activepassive τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων
|
|||
JHN 20 19 g8bu figs-possession διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews See how you translated this phrase in [19:38](../19/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
JHN 20 19 qsmq figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 20 19 zj7j figs-idiom εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you This is an idiomatic expression, based on the Hebrew word and concept of “shalom.” It was both a greeting and a blessing. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I greet all of you and I wish for God to bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 20 20 bk9f figs-metonymy ἔδειξεν τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῖς 1 he showed them his hands and his side John uses **his hands** to refer to the nail marks from crucifixion that were in Jesus’ **hands**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he showed them the nail marks in his hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 20 20 a444 figs-metonymy τὴν πλευρὰν 1 he showed them his hands and his side John uses **his side** to refer to the wound that a roman soldier made in Jesus’ **side** with a spear. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the spear wound in his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 20 20 bk9f figs-metonymy ἔδειξεν τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῖς 1 he showed them his hands and his side John uses **his hands** to refer to the nail marks from crucifixion that were in Jesus’ **hands**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he showed them the nail marks in his hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 20 20 a444 figs-metonymy τὴν πλευρὰν 1 he showed them his hands and his side John uses **his side** to refer to the wound that a Roman soldier made in Jesus’ **side** with a spear. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the spear wound in his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 20 20 nb0v grammar-connect-logic-result ἰδόντες τὸν Κύριον 1 he showed them his hands and his side This could refer to: (1) the time when the disciples rejoiced, as in the UST. (2) the reason why the disciples rejoiced. Alternate translation: “because they saw the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JHN 20 21 ylp8 figs-idiom εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 20 21 ylp8 figs-idiom εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you See how you translated **Peace to you** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 20 21 env3 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατήρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 20 21 hw1z figs-infostructure καθὼς ἀπέσταλκέν με ὁ Πατήρ, κἀγὼ πέμπω ὑμᾶς 1 Father If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “I send you just as the Father has sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||||
JHN 20 21 vhzq figs-ellipsis ἀπέσταλκέν…πέμπω 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “has sent me into the world … send you into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 20 22 vjs8 translate-symaction ἐνεφύσησεν 1 Jesus did this symbolic action in order to show that he would give his disciples the **Holy Spirit** in the near future. If this would be helpful to your readers, you could explain its significance. Alternate translation: “he breathed on them as a symbolic action” or “he breathed on them to symbolically show that he was going to give them the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
JHN 20 22 avgi figs-explicit ἐνεφύσησεν 1 Here, **breathed on** refers to Jesus blowing air out of his mouth. It does not refer to the normal act of inhaling and exhaling air into one’s lungs. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he blew air on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 22 vjs8 translate-symaction ἐνεφύσησεν 1 When Jesus **breathed on them**, he did this symbolic action in order to show that he would give his disciples the **Holy Spirit** in the near future. If this would be helpful to your readers, you could explain its significance. Alternate translation: “he breathed on them as a symbolic action” or “he breathed on them to symbolically show that he was going to give them the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
JHN 20 22 avgi figs-explicit ἐνεφύσησεν 1 Here, **breathed on** refers to Jesus blowing air out of his mouth. It does not refer to the normal act of inhaling and exhaling air into one’s lungs. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he blew air on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 22 v9el figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 20 23 a9j7 figs-activepassive ἀφέωνται αὐτοῖς 1 they are forgiven If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 23 lb7g figs-explicit ἄν τινων κρατῆτε, κεκράτηνται 1 To retain **sins** means to not forgive someone for the **sins** that they have committed. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “whoever’s sins you might not forgive, they will not be forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 23 lb7g figs-explicit ἄν τινων κρατῆτε, κεκράτηνται 1 To retain **sins** means to not forgive someone for the **sins** that they have committed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “whoever’s sins you might not forgive, they will not be forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 23 mw5s figs-activepassive κεκράτηνται 1 they are kept back If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will retain them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 24 ogqd translate-names Θωμᾶς 1 See how you translated this name in [11:16](../11/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 20 24 wqyb figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 See how you translated this in [6:67](../06/67.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
JHN 20 24 ogqd translate-names Θωμᾶς 1 See how you translated the name **Thomas** in [11:16](../11/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 20 24 wqyb figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 See how you translated **the Twelve** in [6:67](../06/67.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
JHN 20 24 krgw figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος 1 Didymus If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom people called Didymus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 24 x8jz translate-names Δίδυμος 1 Didymus See how you translated this name in [11:16](../11/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 20 25 n8vc figs-infostructure ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω μου τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not believe, unless I see in his hands the mark of the nails, and put my finger into the mark of the nails, and put my hand into his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||||
JHN 20 25 i7ex figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω μου τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω 1 Unless I see … his side, I will not believe If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “I will believe only if I see in his hands the mark of the nails, and put my finger into the mark of the nails, and put my hand into his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 20 25 ss17 figs-possession τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων…τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων 2 In both of these occurrences, Thomas is using **of** to describe **marks** that were made by **nails**. He is referring to the holes in Jesus’ hands that were made by the nails that soldiers used to crucify him. Alternate translation: “the marks made by nails … those marks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
JHN 20 24 x8jz translate-names Δίδυμος 1 Didymus See how you translated **Didymus** in [11:16](../11/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 20 25 n8vc figs-infostructure ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω μου τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not believe unless I see in his hands the mark of the nails and put my finger into the mark of the nails and put my hand into his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||||
JHN 20 25 i7ex figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω μου τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω 1 Unless I see … his side, I will not believe If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “I will believe only if I see in his hands the mark of the nails and put my finger into the mark of the nails and put my hand into his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 20 25 ss17 figs-possession τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων…τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων 2 In both of these occurrences, Thomas is using **of** to describe **mark** made by **nails**. He is referring to the holes in Jesus’ hands that were made by the nails that soldiers used to crucify him. Alternate translation: “the marks made by nails … those marks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
JHN 20 25 xasr figs-metonymy εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated **his side** in [verse 20](../20/20md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 20 25 iqn0 figs-ellipsis οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω 1 Thomas is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not believe that Jesus has become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 20 26 vzm5 figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 20 26 r3iz figs-activepassive τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων 1 while the doors were closed See how you translated this phrase in [verse 19](../20/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 26 m5tl figs-idiom εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you See how you translated this in [verse 19](../20/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 20 26 m5tl figs-idiom εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you See how you translated **Peace to you** in [verse 19](../20/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 20 27 j85h figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 20 27 xgwl figs-explicit ὧδε 1 Jesus uses **here** to refer to the places on his **hands** where there were holes. These holes in Jesus’ **hands** were made by the nails that soldiers used to crucify him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in these holes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 27 ai73 figs-metonymy τὰς χεῖράς μου 1 Jesus uses **my hands** to refer to the holes in Jesus’ **hands** that were made by the nails that soldiers used to crucify him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the nail marks in my hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 20 27 tax6 figs-metonymy τὴν πλευράν μου 1 Jesus uses **my side** to refer to the wound that a roman soldier made in his **side** with a spear. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the speak wound in his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 20 27 ai73 figs-metonymy τὰς χεῖράς μου 1 Jesus uses **my hands** to refer to the holes in Jesus’ **hands** that were made by the nails that soldiers used to crucify him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the nail marks in my hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 20 27 tax6 figs-metonymy τὴν πλευράν μου 1 Jesus uses **my side** to refer to the wound that a Roman soldier made in his **side** with a spear. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the spear wound in his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 20 27 ncc3 figs-doublet μὴ γίνου ἄπιστος, ἀλλὰ πιστός 1 Do not be unbelieving, but believe These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus wants Thomas to believe that he has become alive again. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you absolutely must believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
JHN 20 27 n4pi figs-ellipsis μὴ γίνου ἄπιστος, ἀλλὰ πιστός 1 believe Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “do not be unbelieving that I have become alive again, but believe it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 20 29 zgv1 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2610,7 +2610,7 @@ JHN 20 29 q81m figs-ellipsis πεπίστευκας…πιστεύσαντες 1
|
|||
JHN 20 29 sax7 figs-activepassive μακάριοι οἱ μὴ ἰδόντες 1 you have believed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God blesses those not having seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 29 q9fb figs-ellipsis μὴ ἰδόντες 1 who have not seen Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “not having seen me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 20 30 yd1j writing-endofstory 0 General Information: In [verses 30–31](../20/30.md) John comments about the story he has written in chapters 1 through 20. He also states his reason for writing this book. He does this in order to indicate that the story is almost finished. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
JHN 20 30 azxu σημεῖα 1 See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
|
||||
JHN 20 30 azxu σημεῖα 1 See how you translated the term **signs** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
|
||||
JHN 20 30 xz6j figs-activepassive ἃ οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένα ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τούτῳ 1 signs that have not been written in this book If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Since John wrote this Gospel, you should use the first person pronoun “I” to indicate who did the action. Alternate translation: “which I have not written in this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 31 zlc5 figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** could mean: (1) the miraculous signs that John wrote about in his Gospel and mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “these signs” (2) everything that John wrote about in his Gospel. Alternate translation: “everything in this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 31 am9l figs-activepassive ταῦτα δὲ γέγραπται 1 but these have been written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but the author wrote about these signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2618,30 +2618,30 @@ JHN 20 31 mlqg figs-you πιστεύητε…ἔχητε 1 but these have been w
|
|||
JHN 20 31 p5k4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 20 31 uem2 figs-ellipsis πιστεύοντες 1 life in his name Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “believing that Jesus is the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 20 31 ip1i figs-explicit ζωὴν 1 life Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 31 vgwe figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **in** indicates the means by which people can have eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of his name” <br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 31 vgwe figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **in** indicates the means by which people can have eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of his name” \n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 31 qxdy figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 life in his name Here, **his name** could refer to: (1) Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “through union with him” or “by the power of his person” (2) calling on Jesus’ name for salvation. Alternate translation: “by calling on his name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 21 intro e1bg 0 # John 21 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus eats breakfast with his disciples (21:1–14)<br>2. Jesus restores Peter as his disciple (21:15–19)<br>3. Jesus and Peter speak about John (21:20–23)<br>4. John concludes his Gospel (21:24–25)<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### The metaphor of sheep<br><br>Before Jesus died, he spoke of himself taking care of his people as if he were a good shepherd taking care of sheep ([10:11](../10/11.md)). After he became alive again, Jesus commanded Peter to take care of other believers in the same way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “The disciple whom Jesus loved”<br><br>The Apostle John referred to himself as the disciple “whom Jesus loved” twice in this chapter ([21:7](../21/07.md), [20](../21/20.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. If this is the case, then you will need to use a first person pronoun to these references and the other references to John throughout this chapter. You would also need to use first person plural pronouns in this chapter for all references to the disciples as a group, since John was one of them. If your language can retain the third person references, then you may want to make these references to John explicit by adding “John” next to them. See the discussion of this in Part 1 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johntheapostle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br><br>### Different words for “love”<br><br>In [verses 15–17](../21/15.md), Jesus and Peter speak to each other using two different words in the original language that could both be translated as “love.” These words are often used interchangeably. However, when they are used together like in [verses 15–17](../21/15.md), they can have slightly different meanings. One word can refer to a type of love that is based on affection and friendship, but the other word can refer to a type of love that is based on sincere devotion and high esteem for the person being loved. Although the UST translates both of these words as “love,” the notes will provide more specific alternatives.
|
||||
JHN 21 intro e1bg 0 # John 21 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus eats breakfast with his disciples (21:1–14)\n2. Jesus restores Peter as his disciple (21:15–19)\n3. Jesus and Peter speak about John (21:20–23)\n4. John concludes his Gospel (21:24–25)\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### The metaphor of sheep\n\nBefore Jesus died, he spoke of himself taking care of his people as if he were a good shepherd taking care of sheep ([10:11](../10/11.md)). After he became alive again, Jesus commanded Peter to take care of other believers in the same way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “The disciple whom Jesus loved”\n\nThe apostle John referred to himself as the disciple “whom Jesus loved” twice in this chapter ([21:7](../21/07.md), [20](../21/20.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. If this is the case, then you will need to use a first person pronoun for these references and the other references to John throughout this chapter. You would also need to use first person plural pronouns in this chapter for all references to the disciples as a group, since John was one of them. If your language can retain the third person references, then you may want to make these references to John explicit by adding “John” next to them. See the discussion of this in Part 1 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johntheapostle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n### Different words for “love”\n\nIn [verses 15–17](../21/15.md), Jesus and Peter speak to each other using two different words in the original language that could both be translated as “love.” These words are often used interchangeably. However, when they are used together, as in [verses 15–17](../21/15.md), they can have slightly different meanings. One word can refer to a type of love that is based on affection and friendship, but the other word can refer to a type of love that is based on sincere devotion and high esteem for the person being loved. Although the UST translates both of these words as “love,” the notes will provide more specific alternatives.
|
||||
JHN 21 1 x44v writing-newevent μετὰ ταῦτα 1 General Information: This phrase introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
JHN 21 1 yj6k translate-names θαλάσσης τῆς Τιβεριάδος 1 This **Sea** was also called “the Sea of Galilee.” See how you translated the similar name in [6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 21 2 et5h writing-background 0 General Information: [Verses 2–3](../21/02.md) provide background information on what happens in the story before Jesus appears to his disciples at the Sea of Tiberias. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 21 2 b421 figs-activepassive Θωμᾶς ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος 1 with Thomas called Didymus See how you translated this phrase in [11:16](../11/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 21 2 m4gx translate-names Κανὰ τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 21 2 xyiv figs-explicit οἱ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου 1 This phrase refers to the disciples John and James, whom Jesus called “sons of thunder” in [Mark 3:17](../../mrk/03/17.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “James and I, the sons of Zebedee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 2 m4gx translate-names Κανὰ τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 See how you translated **Cana of Galilee** in [2:1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 21 2 xyiv figs-explicit οἱ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου 1 This phrase refers to the disciples John and James, whom Jesus called “sons of thunder” in [Mark 3:17](../../mrk/03/17.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “James and I, the sons of Zebedee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 2 e1qx translate-names Ζεβεδαίου 1 **Zebedee** is the name of a man. He was the father of the disciples John and James ([Matthew 4:21](../../mat/04/21.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 21 3 pqlw figs-pastforfuture λέγει…λέγουσιν 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 21 3 zow1 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 When the disciples say **we**, they are speaking of themselves without Peter, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
JHN 21 3 p8f0 figs-go ἐρχόμεθα 1 Your language may say “going” rather than **coming** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
JHN 21 3 l2s6 figs-explicit ἐνέβησαν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον 1 Here, **got in a boat** implies that they also took the boat out on the Sea of Tiberias in order to fish. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “got into a boat and went fishing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 3 l2s6 figs-explicit ἐνέβησαν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον 1 Here, **got in a boat** implies that they also took the boat out on the Sea of Tiberias in order to fish. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “got into a boat and went fishing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 4 j7jx figs-pastforfuture ἐστιν 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 21 5 jrth figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 21 5 wgd7 figs-metaphor παιδία 1 Here Jesus uses the word **Children** figuratively as an affectionate way to address his disciples. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “My dear friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 21 5 wgd7 figs-metaphor παιδία 1 Here Jesus uses the word **Children** figuratively as an affectionate way to address his disciples. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “My dear friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 21 5 o62p figs-explicit μή τι προσφάγιον ἔχετε? 1 Jesus asks this question in a way that expects a negative response. He knows that the disciples did not catch any fish. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “you surely do not have any fish to eat, am I right?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 6 l2jd figs-explicit εὑρήσετε 1 you will find some Here, **some** refers to fish. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will find some fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 6 l2jd figs-explicit εὑρήσετε 1 you will find some Here, **some** refers to fish. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will find some fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 7 u5c3 figs-explicit ὁ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 loved This phrase refers to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John and the General Notes for this chapter. See also how you translated similar phrases in [13:23](../13/23.md), [18:15](../18/15.md), and [20:2](../20/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 7 kfh9 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 loved Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 21 7 h3p4 figs-explicit τὸν ἐπενδύτην διεζώσατο 1 he tied up his outer garment Here, **outer garment** refers to a coat that would be worn over a person’s regular clothing. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “put on his cloak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 7 h3p4 figs-explicit τὸν ἐπενδύτην διεζώσατο 1 he tied up his outer garment Here, **outer garment** refers to a coat that would be worn over a person’s regular clothing. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “put on his cloak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 7 eve2 writing-background ἦν γὰρ γυμνός 1 for he was undressed Here, **undressed** does not mean that Peter was naked. Rather, Peter had taken off **his outer garment** so that it would be easier for him to work. Now that he was about to greet Jesus, he wanted to wear more clothing. Alternate translation: “for he had taken off most of his clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 21 7 ab4d figs-explicit ἔβαλεν ἑαυτὸν εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 threw himself into the sea This implies that Peter jumped into the **sea** in order to swim to the shore. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “threw himself into the sea and swam to shore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 7 ab4d figs-explicit ἔβαλεν ἑαυτὸν εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 threw himself into the sea This implies that Peter jumped into the **sea** in order to swim to the shore. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “threw himself into the sea and swam to shore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 8 wrd3 writing-background οὐ γὰρ ἦσαν μακρὰν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς, ἀλλὰ ὡς ἀπὸ πηχῶν διακοσίων 1 for they were not far from the land, about two hundred cubits off Here John provides this background information about the location of the boat the disciples were fishing in. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “for the boat was near the land, only about 200 cubits away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 21 8 k1j9 figs-123person ἦσαν 1 for they were not far from the land, about two hundred cubits off If you translated “the disciple whom Jesus loved” in the previous verse with a first person form, then you will need to use the first person plural “we” here. You will also need to use first person plural pronouns in all occurrences of third person plural pronouns that refer to the disciples throughout the rest of this chapter. Alternate translation: “we were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
JHN 21 8 c1j8 translate-bdistance πηχῶν διακοσίων 1 two hundred cubits A **cubit** is a measurement of distance equivalent to a little less than half of one meter or about one yard. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. Alternate translation: “about 90 meters” or “about 100 yards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2649,7 +2649,7 @@ JHN 21 9 ilgt figs-pastforfuture βλέπουσιν 1 two hundred cubits Here Jo
|
|||
JHN 21 9 r0ka figs-activepassive ἀνθρακιὰν κειμένην, καὶ ὀψάριον ἐπικείμενον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a charcoal fire that Jesus had kindled, and a fish that Jesus had laid on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 21 9 oi9d grammar-collectivenouns ὀψάριον ἐπικείμενον, καὶ ἄρτον 1 The words **fish** and **bread**are singular nouns. These could mean: (1) Jesus had one fish and one loaf of bread, as in the UST. (2) Jesus had an unknown amount of fish and bread that are referred to collectively. Alternate translation: “some fish laid on it, and some bread loaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||||
JHN 21 10 pwch figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 21 11 f7mi figs-explicit ἀνέβη οὖν Σίμων Πέτρος 1 Simon Peter then went up Here, **went up** means that Simon Peter went back to the boat. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Simon Peter went up into to the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 11 f7mi figs-explicit ἀνέβη οὖν Σίμων Πέτρος 1 Simon Peter then went up Here, **went up** means that Simon Peter went back to the boat. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Simon Peter went up into the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 11 lsh9 figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐσχίσθη τὸ δίκτυον 1 Simon Peter then went up If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the fish did not tear the net” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 21 12 tq70 figs-pastforfuture λέγει…ἐστιν 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 21 12 jvsm figs-quotations ἐξετάσαι αὐτόν, σὺ τίς εἶ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “to ask him who he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2661,7 +2661,7 @@ JHN 21 14 y94q figs-idiom ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 the third tim
|
|||
JHN 21 15 avdf λέγει…λέγει…λέγει 1 do you love me Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 21 15 xwxd figs-explicit ἀγαπᾷς με…φιλῶ σε 1 the third time The two occurrences of **love** in this verse are two different words in the original language. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this in your translation. See the discussion of this concept in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “do you love me with great esteem … I love you with affection” or “do you love me deeply… I love you like a friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 15 t1uj figs-explicit πλέον τούτων 1 Here, **these** could refer to: (1) the other disciples who were there with Jesus and Peter. This meaning would indicate Jesus is asking Peter if he loves Jesus more than the other disciples love him. Alternate translation: “more than these disciples love me” (2) the fish, boat, and other equipment that were used for catching fish, which was Peter’s former job. Alternate translation: “more than these fishing tools” or “more than your former job” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 15 qja3 figs-metaphor βόσκε τὰ ἀρνία μου 1 Feed my lambs Jesus uses **Feed my lambs** figuratively to refer to providing for the spiritual needs of people who trust in Jesus. Here Jesus is commanding Peter to take care of other believers in the same way that Jesus took care of them while he was with them. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “Take care of the people who believe in me like a shepherd feeds lambs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 21 15 qja3 figs-metaphor βόσκε τὰ ἀρνία μου 1 Feed my lambs Jesus uses **Feed my lambs** figuratively to refer to providing for the spiritual needs of people who trust in Jesus. Here Jesus is commanding Peter to take care of other believers in the same way that Jesus took care of them while he was with them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “Take care of the people who believe in me like a shepherd feeds lambs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 21 16 szk8 figs-pastforfuture λέγει…λέγει…λέγει 1 do you love me Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 21 16 p9vr translate-ordinal δεύτερον 1 do you love me If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “time number 2.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
JHN 21 16 rfew figs-explicit ἀγαπᾷς με…φιλῶ σε 1 do you love me The two occurrences of **love** in this verse are two different words in the original language. See how you translated these phrases in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2672,34 +2672,34 @@ JHN 21 17 kmch figs-explicit φιλεῖς με…φιλεῖς με…φιλῶ
|
|||
JHN 21 17 ayds figs-quotations εἶπεν αὐτῷ τὸ τρίτον, φιλεῖς με 1 He said to him a third time If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he asked him the third time if he loved him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
JHN 21 17 p8aa figs-metaphor βόσκε τὰ προβάτια μου 1 Feed my sheep This sentence has the same meaning as “Feed my lambs” in verse 15 and “Take care of my sheep” in the previous verse. See how you translated those similar sentences in the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “Take care of the people who believe in me like a shepherd feeds sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 21 18 sqb7 figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
JHN 21 18 bqps figs-metonymy ἐζώννυες σεαυτὸν…ζώσει σε 1 Although **gird** means to put on a belt, Jesus uses it figuratively in this verse to refer to putting on clothes. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you used to dress yourself … will dress you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 21 18 qltf figs-explicit ἐκτενεῖς τὰς χεῖράς σου 1 Truly, truly Here, **stretch out** means to extend one’s hands away from one’s sides. This describes the posture of someone who is being crucified. It does not mean that the **hands** themselves stretch. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will extend your hands out from your sides” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 18 bqps figs-metonymy ἐζώννυες σεαυτὸν…ζώσει σε 1 Although **gird** means to put on a belt, Jesus uses it figuratively in this verse to refer to putting on clothes. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you used to dress yourself … will dress you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 21 18 qltf figs-explicit ἐκτενεῖς τὰς χεῖράς σου 1 Truly, truly Here, **stretch out** means to extend one’s hands away from one’s sides. This describes the posture of someone who is being crucified. It does not mean that the **hands** themselves stretch. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will extend your hands out from your sides” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 19 ys3m writing-background τοῦτο δὲ εἶπεν σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ δοξάσει τὸν Θεόν 1 Now **Now** here indicates that in this sentence John is giving background information in order to explain what Jesus said in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 21 19 kpf6 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 21 19 k8z1 figs-idiom ἀκολούθει μοι 1 Follow me See how you translated this sentence in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 21 19 k8z1 figs-idiom ἀκολούθει μοι 1 Follow me See how you translated the phrase **Follow me"" in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 21 20 eg23 figs-pastforfuture βλέπει 1 the disciple whom Jesus loved Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 21 20 wzm9 figs-explicit τὸν μαθητὴν ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 the disciple whom Jesus loved This phrase refers to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John and the General Notes for this chapter. See also how you translated similar phrases in [13:23](../13/23.md), [18:15](../18/15.md), [20:2](../20/02.md), and [21:7](../21/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 20 ikd4 writing-pronouns ἀκολουθοῦντα 1 loved If your language marks the dual form, then the pronoun **them** here would be in the dual form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 21 20 ys31 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ δείπνῳ 1 at the dinner John here refers to **the dinner** Jesus had with his disciples on the night before he was crucified. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the last dinner they had together before Jesus died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 20 ys31 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ δείπνῳ 1 at the dinner John here refers to **the dinner** Jesus had with his disciples on the night before he was crucified. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the last dinner they had together before Jesus died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 20 aba3 Κύριε, τίς ἐστιν, ὁ παραδιδούς σε 1 See how you translated the similar sentence in [13:25](../13/25.md).
|
||||
JHN 21 21 u5rr figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 21 21 cf5h figs-explicit Κύριε, οὗτος δὲ τί 1 Lord, what will this man do? Peter implies that he wants to know what will happen to John in the future. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Lord, what will happen to this one?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 21 cf5h figs-explicit Κύριε, οὗτος δὲ τί 1 Lord, what will this man do? Peter implies that he wants to know what will happen to John in the future. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Lord, what will happen to this one?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 22 yc52 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 21 22 e3xi writing-pronouns ἐὰν αὐτὸν θέλω μένειν 1 If I want him to stay Here, **him** refers to John, the “disciple whom Jesus loved” in [John 21:20](../21/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 21 22 tef8 figs-explicit ἔρχομαι 1 I come Jesus uses **come** here to refer to the time in the future when he will return to earth from heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I come back to this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 22 tef8 figs-explicit ἔρχομαι 1 I come Jesus uses **come** here to refer to the time in the future when he will return to earth from heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I come back to this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 22 tf23 figs-rquestion τί πρὸς σέ? 1 what is that to you? **Jesus** is using a rhetorical question here to mildly rebuke Peter. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “that has nothing to do with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 21 22 dvts figs-idiom μοι ἀκολούθει 1 See how you translated this sentence in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 21 23 wmzo figs-metonymy οὗτος ὁ λόγος 1 Here, **this word** refers to what **the brothers** say about John’s future in the next clause. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the following report about John’s future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 21 23 np23 figs-metaphor ἐξῆλθεν…οὗτος ὁ λόγος 1 John uses **spread** figuratively to refer to **this word** being repeated among the believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this word was repeated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 21 23 wmzo figs-metonymy οὗτος ὁ λόγος 1 Here, **this word** refers to what **the brothers** say about John’s future in the next clause. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the following report about John’s future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 21 23 np23 figs-metaphor ἐξῆλθεν…οὗτος ὁ λόγος 1 John uses **spread** figuratively to refer to **this word** being repeated among the believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this word was repeated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 21 23 c2cr figs-gendernotations τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 the brothers Although the term **brothers** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
JHN 21 23 chsq figs-explicit ὁ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος 1 Here, **that disciple** refers to the Apostle John. If this might confuse your readers, you could say that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 23 chsq figs-explicit ὁ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος 1 Here, **that disciple** refers to the apostle John. If this might confuse your readers, you could say that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 23 wb7e figs-pastforfuture οὐκ ἀποθνῄσκει…ὅτι οὐκ ἀποθνῄσκει 1 the brothers John is using the present tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. If this might confuse your readers, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “will not die … that he will not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 21 23 cs14 writing-pronouns αὐτῷ 1 the brothers The pronoun **him** here refers to Peter. If this might confuse your readers, you could say that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 21 23 elmi writing-pronouns ὅτι οὐκ ἀποθνῄσκει…αὐτὸν 1 the brothers The pronouns *he** and **him** here refer to John. If this might confuse your readers, you could say that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 21 23 qxqr ἐὰν αὐτὸν θέλω μένειν ἕως ἔρχομαι, τί πρὸς σέ 1 See how you translated this sentence in the previous verse.
|
||||
JHN 21 24 s5bp writing-endofstory 0 General Information: In [verses 24–25](../21/24.md) John indicates the end of his Gospel by giving a closing comment about himself and what he has written in this book. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
JHN 21 24 d6t5 figs-123person οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ μαθητὴς ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ τούτων, καὶ ὁ γράψας ταῦτα, καὶ οἴδαμεν ὅτι ἀληθὴς αὐτοῦ ἡ μαρτυρία ἐστίν 1 the disciple In this verse John is speaking about himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “I am the disciple who testifies about these things and who wrote these things, and we know that my testimony is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
JHN 21 24 f7ww figs-explicit τούτων…ταῦτα 1 who testifies about these things In this verse, **these things** refers to everything that John has written in this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “everything in this book … all these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 24 f7ww figs-explicit τούτων…ταῦτα 1 who testifies about these things In this verse, **these things** refers to everything that John has written in this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “everything in this book … all these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 24 h5i9 figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν 1 we know Here the pronoun **we** is exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
JHN 21 24 l03o figs-extrainfo οἴδαμεν 1 we know Here, **we** could refer to: (1) John and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus, as in [1:14](..01/14.md) and [1 John 1:2–7](../../1jn/01/02.md). Alternate translation: “We eyewitnesses of Jesus’ life know” (2) the elders in the church at Ephesus where John lived at the end of his life. Alternate translation: “We elders of the church at Ephesus know” However, since who **we** refers to is uncertain, it would be best not to explain the meaning further. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||||
JHN 21 25 l3hz figs-activepassive ἐὰν γράφηται καθ’ ἕν 1 If each one were written down If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if someone wrote down each one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
Loading…
Reference in New Issue